Mercurial > vim
comparison src/syntax.c @ 7:3fc0f57ecb91 v7.0001
updated for version 7.0001
author | vimboss |
---|---|
date | Sun, 13 Jun 2004 20:20:40 +0000 |
parents | |
children | bdeee1504ac1 |
comparison
equal
deleted
inserted
replaced
6:c2daee826b8f | 7:3fc0f57ecb91 |
---|---|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: | |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 | |
16 /* | |
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group. | |
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in | |
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE. | |
20 */ | |
21 struct hl_group | |
22 { | |
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */ | |
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */ | |
25 /* for normal terminals */ | |
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */ | |
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */ | |
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */ | |
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */ | |
30 /* for color terminals */ | |
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */ | |
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */ | |
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */ | |
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */ | |
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */ | |
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
37 /* for when using the GUI */ | |
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */ | |
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */ | |
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */ | |
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */ | |
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */ | |
43 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */ | |
44 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
45 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */ | |
46 #endif | |
47 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */ | |
48 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */ | |
49 #endif | |
50 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */ | |
51 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */ | |
52 }; | |
53 | |
54 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */ | |
55 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */ | |
56 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */ | |
57 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */ | |
58 | |
59 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */ | |
60 | |
61 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data))) | |
62 | |
63 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
64 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */ | |
65 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */ | |
66 #endif | |
67 | |
68 /* | |
69 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the | |
70 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!). | |
71 */ | |
72 static char *(hl_name_table[]) = | |
73 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"}; | |
74 static int hl_attr_table[] = | |
75 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0}; | |
76 | |
77 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep)); | |
78 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void)); | |
79 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx)); | |
80 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id)); | |
81 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name)); | |
82 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
83 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id)); | |
84 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link)); | |
85 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx)); | |
86 | |
87 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
88 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); | |
89 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip)); | |
90 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
91 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
92 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
93 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width)); | |
94 # endif | |
95 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); | |
96 #endif | |
97 | |
98 /* | |
99 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF. | |
100 */ | |
101 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1) | |
102 | |
103 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO) | |
104 | |
105 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */ | |
106 | |
107 /* different types of offsets that are possible */ | |
108 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */ | |
109 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */ | |
110 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */ | |
111 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */ | |
112 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */ | |
113 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */ | |
114 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */ | |
115 #define SPO_COUNT 7 | |
116 | |
117 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) = | |
118 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="}; | |
119 | |
120 /* | |
121 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern. | |
122 * A match item consists of one pattern. | |
123 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns. | |
124 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m | |
125 * end patterns. | |
126 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end. | |
127 * | |
128 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end) | |
129 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end). | |
130 */ | |
131 typedef struct syn_pattern | |
132 { | |
133 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */ | |
134 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */ | |
135 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */ | |
136 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */ | |
137 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */ | |
138 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */ | |
139 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */ | |
140 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */ | |
141 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */ | |
142 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */ | |
143 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */ | |
144 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */ | |
145 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */ | |
146 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */ | |
147 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */ | |
148 } synpat_T; | |
149 | |
150 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this: | |
151 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF) | |
152 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT)) | |
153 * When both are present, only one is used. | |
154 */ | |
155 | |
156 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */ | |
157 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */ | |
158 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */ | |
159 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */ | |
160 | |
161 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */ | |
162 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */ | |
163 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */ | |
164 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */ | |
165 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */ | |
166 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */ | |
167 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */ | |
168 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */ | |
169 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */ | |
170 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */ | |
171 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */ | |
172 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */ | |
173 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */ | |
174 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */ | |
175 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */ | |
176 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for | |
177 * si_flags and bs_flags. */ | |
178 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */ | |
179 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */ | |
180 | |
181 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data)) | |
182 | |
183 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */ | |
184 | |
185 /* | |
186 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags: | |
187 */ | |
188 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */ | |
189 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */ | |
190 | |
191 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data)) | |
192 | |
193 /* | |
194 * Settings for keyword hash table. It uses a simplistic hash function: add | |
195 * all characters together, modulo KHASH_SIZE. | |
196 */ | |
197 #define KHASH_SIZE 512 | |
198 #define KHASH_MASK (KHASH_SIZE - 1) | |
199 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */ | |
200 | |
201 /* | |
202 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized. | |
203 */ | |
204 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */ | |
205 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
206 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */ | |
207 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */ | |
208 #endif | |
209 | |
210 struct syn_cluster | |
211 { | |
212 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */ | |
213 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */ | |
214 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */ | |
215 }; | |
216 | |
217 /* | |
218 * Methods of combining two clusters | |
219 */ | |
220 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */ | |
221 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */ | |
222 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */ | |
223 | |
224 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((struct syn_cluster *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data)) | |
225 | |
226 /* | |
227 * Syntax group IDs have different types: | |
228 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups | |
229 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) | |
230 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) | |
231 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) | |
232 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID) | |
233 */ | |
234 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */ | |
235 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */ | |
236 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */ | |
237 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */ | |
238 | |
239 /* | |
240 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to | |
241 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so | |
242 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here. | |
243 */ | |
244 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep; | |
245 | |
246 /* | |
247 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d | |
248 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the | |
249 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file. | |
250 */ | |
251 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0; | |
252 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0; | |
253 | |
254 /* | |
255 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state | |
256 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no | |
257 * "keepend" on the stack. | |
258 */ | |
259 static int keepend_level = -1; | |
260 | |
261 /* | |
262 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx. | |
263 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown. | |
264 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char) | |
265 */ | |
266 typedef struct state_item | |
267 { | |
268 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */ | |
269 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */ | |
270 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */ | |
271 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */ | |
272 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */ | |
273 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */ | |
274 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */ | |
275 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */ | |
276 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */ | |
277 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */ | |
278 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */ | |
279 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */ | |
280 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and | |
281 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */ | |
282 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */ | |
283 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */ | |
284 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start | |
285 * pattern */ | |
286 } stateitem_T; | |
287 | |
288 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */ | |
289 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all | |
290 but contained groups */ | |
291 | |
292 /* | |
293 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered, | |
294 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column. | |
295 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet. | |
296 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line. | |
297 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end) | |
298 */ | |
299 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */ | |
300 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */ | |
301 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */ | |
302 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */ | |
303 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */ | |
304 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */ | |
305 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */ | |
306 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */ | |
307 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */ | |
308 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL; | |
309 | |
310 /* | |
311 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a | |
312 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero. | |
313 */ | |
314 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0) | |
315 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0) | |
316 | |
317 /* | |
318 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine. | |
319 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid. | |
320 */ | |
321 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */ | |
322 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */ | |
323 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */ | |
324 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */ | |
325 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state | |
326 * after setting current_finished */ | |
327 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */ | |
328 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */ | |
329 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; | |
330 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */ | |
331 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */ | |
332 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */ | |
333 | |
334 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx] | |
335 | |
336 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid)); | |
337 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
338 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void)); | |
339 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline)); | |
340 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void)); | |
341 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void)); | |
342 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p)); | |
343 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
344 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp)); | |
345 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from)); | |
346 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void)); | |
347 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp)); | |
348 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void)); | |
349 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing)); | |
350 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying)); | |
351 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap)); | |
352 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si)); | |
353 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void)); | |
354 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx)); | |
355 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void)); | |
356 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force)); | |
357 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list)); | |
358 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained)); | |
359 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx)); | |
360 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void)); | |
361 | |
362 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext)); | |
363 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p)); | |
364 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void)); | |
365 | |
366 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); | |
367 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); | |
368 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); | |
369 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); | |
370 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void)); | |
371 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col)); | |
372 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si)); | |
373 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
374 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
375 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx)); | |
376 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i)); | |
377 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i)); | |
378 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
379 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing)); | |
380 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
381 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
382 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
383 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
384 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
385 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name)); | |
386 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
387 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void)); | |
388 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void)); | |
389 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only)); | |
390 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id)); | |
391 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr)); | |
392 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr)); | |
393 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, keyentry_T **ktabp, int did_header, int attr)); | |
394 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, keyentry_T **ktabp)); | |
395 static void free_keywtab __ARGS((keyentry_T **ktabp)); | |
396 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list)); | |
397 static int syn_khash __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
398 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end)); | |
399 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, int *flagsp, int keyword, int *sync_idx, short **cont_list, short **cont_in_list, short **next_list)); | |
400 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
401 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
402 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
403 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
404 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
405 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); | |
406 #else | |
407 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); | |
408 #endif | |
409 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
410 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
411 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len)); | |
412 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len)); | |
413 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
414 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void)); | |
415 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci)); | |
416 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
417 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list)); | |
418 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op)); | |
419 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp)); | |
420 | |
421 /* | |
422 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called | |
423 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line. | |
424 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get | |
425 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and | |
426 * window. | |
427 */ | |
428 void | |
429 syntax_start(wp, lnum) | |
430 win_T *wp; | |
431 linenr_T lnum; | |
432 { | |
433 synstate_T *p; | |
434 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL; | |
435 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL; | |
436 synstate_T *sp, *prev; | |
437 linenr_T parsed_lnum; | |
438 linenr_T first_stored; | |
439 int dist; | |
440 | |
441 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */ | |
442 | |
443 /* | |
444 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state. | |
445 */ | |
446 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer) | |
447 { | |
448 invalidate_current_state(); | |
449 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
450 } | |
451 syn_win = wp; | |
452 | |
453 /* | |
454 * Allocate syntax stack when needed. | |
455 */ | |
456 syn_stack_alloc(); | |
457 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL) | |
458 goto theend; /* out of memory */ | |
459 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick; | |
460 | |
461 /* | |
462 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it. | |
463 */ | |
464 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) | |
465 && current_lnum < lnum | |
466 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
467 { | |
468 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); | |
469 if (!current_state_stored) | |
470 { | |
471 ++current_lnum; | |
472 (void)store_current_state(NULL); | |
473 } | |
474 | |
475 /* | |
476 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current | |
477 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate | |
478 * current_state and figure it out below. | |
479 */ | |
480 if (current_lnum != lnum) | |
481 invalidate_current_state(); | |
482 } | |
483 else | |
484 invalidate_current_state(); | |
485 | |
486 /* | |
487 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[]. | |
488 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state. | |
489 */ | |
490 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) | |
491 { | |
492 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */ | |
493 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) | |
494 { | |
495 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) | |
496 break; | |
497 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0) | |
498 { | |
499 last_valid = p; | |
500 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines) | |
501 last_min_valid = p; | |
502 } | |
503 } | |
504 if (last_min_valid != NULL) | |
505 load_current_state(last_min_valid); | |
506 } | |
507 | |
508 /* | |
509 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to | |
510 * re-synchronize. | |
511 */ | |
512 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) | |
513 { | |
514 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid); | |
515 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines; | |
516 } | |
517 else | |
518 first_stored = current_lnum; | |
519 | |
520 /* | |
521 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line. | |
522 * Save some entries for syncing with later on. | |
523 */ | |
524 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; | |
525 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); | |
526 while (current_lnum < lnum) | |
527 { | |
528 syn_start_line(); | |
529 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); | |
530 ++current_lnum; | |
531 | |
532 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid | |
533 * state, the current state is considered valid. */ | |
534 if (current_lnum >= first_stored) | |
535 { | |
536 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is | |
537 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved | |
538 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */ | |
539 if (prev == NULL) | |
540 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first; | |
541 else | |
542 sp = prev->sst_next; | |
543 if (sp != NULL | |
544 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum | |
545 && syn_stack_equal(sp)) | |
546 { | |
547 parsed_lnum = current_lnum; | |
548 prev = sp; | |
549 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum) | |
550 { | |
551 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum) | |
552 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */ | |
553 prev = sp; | |
554 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0) | |
555 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */ | |
556 break; | |
557 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; | |
558 sp = sp->sst_next; | |
559 } | |
560 load_current_state(prev); | |
561 } | |
562 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line | |
563 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously | |
564 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */ | |
565 else if (prev == NULL | |
566 || current_lnum == lnum | |
567 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist) | |
568 prev = store_current_state(prev); | |
569 } | |
570 | |
571 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current | |
572 * state will be wrong then. */ | |
573 line_breakcheck(); | |
574 if (got_int) | |
575 { | |
576 current_lnum = lnum; | |
577 break; | |
578 } | |
579 } | |
580 | |
581 syn_start_line(); | |
582 | |
583 theend: | |
584 reg_syn = FALSE; | |
585 } | |
586 | |
587 /* | |
588 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we | |
589 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first. | |
590 */ | |
591 static void | |
592 clear_syn_state(p) | |
593 synstate_T *p; | |
594 { | |
595 int i; | |
596 garray_T *gap; | |
597 | |
598 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) | |
599 { | |
600 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga); | |
601 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) | |
602 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch); | |
603 ga_clear(gap); | |
604 } | |
605 else | |
606 { | |
607 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++) | |
608 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch); | |
609 } | |
610 } | |
611 | |
612 /* | |
613 * Cleanup the current_state stack. | |
614 */ | |
615 static void | |
616 clear_current_state() | |
617 { | |
618 int i; | |
619 stateitem_T *sip; | |
620 | |
621 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data); | |
622 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++) | |
623 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch); | |
624 ga_clear(¤t_state); | |
625 } | |
626 | |
627 /* | |
628 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum". | |
629 * | |
630 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is | |
631 * used: | |
632 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment. | |
633 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. | |
634 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum". | |
635 */ | |
636 static void | |
637 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid) | |
638 win_T *wp; | |
639 linenr_T start_lnum; | |
640 synstate_T *last_valid; | |
641 { | |
642 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
643 win_T *curwin_save; | |
644 pos_T cursor_save; | |
645 int idx; | |
646 linenr_T lnum; | |
647 linenr_T end_lnum; | |
648 linenr_T break_lnum; | |
649 int had_sync_point; | |
650 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
651 synpat_T *spp; | |
652 char_u *line; | |
653 int found_flags = 0; | |
654 int found_match_idx = 0; | |
655 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0; | |
656 int found_current_col= 0; | |
657 lpos_T found_m_endpos; | |
658 | |
659 /* | |
660 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around. | |
661 */ | |
662 invalidate_current_state(); | |
663 | |
664 /* | |
665 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is | |
666 * there. | |
667 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in | |
668 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines, | |
669 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small. | |
670 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM. | |
671 */ | |
672 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum) | |
673 start_lnum = 1; | |
674 else | |
675 { | |
676 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1) | |
677 lnum = 1; | |
678 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10) | |
679 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2; | |
680 else | |
681 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2; | |
682 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 | |
683 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) | |
684 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines; | |
685 if (lnum >= start_lnum) | |
686 start_lnum = 1; | |
687 else | |
688 start_lnum -= lnum; | |
689 } | |
690 current_lnum = start_lnum; | |
691 | |
692 /* | |
693 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment. | |
694 */ | |
695 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) | |
696 { | |
697 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to | |
698 * use find_start_comment(). */ | |
699 curwin_save = curwin; | |
700 curwin = wp; | |
701 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
702 curbuf = syn_buf; | |
703 | |
704 /* | |
705 * Skip lines that end in a backslash. | |
706 */ | |
707 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum) | |
708 { | |
709 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1); | |
710 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\') | |
711 break; | |
712 } | |
713 current_lnum = start_lnum; | |
714 | |
715 /* set cursor to start of search */ | |
716 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor; | |
717 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; | |
718 wp->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
719 | |
720 /* | |
721 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that | |
722 * defines the comment. | |
723 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines. | |
724 */ | |
725 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL) | |
726 { | |
727 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) | |
728 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id | |
729 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
730 { | |
731 validate_current_state(); | |
732 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK) | |
733 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
734 break; | |
735 } | |
736 } | |
737 | |
738 /* restore cursor and buffer */ | |
739 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
740 curwin = curwin_save; | |
741 curbuf = curbuf_save; | |
742 } | |
743 | |
744 /* | |
745 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. | |
746 */ | |
747 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH) | |
748 { | |
749 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 | |
750 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) | |
751 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines; | |
752 else | |
753 break_lnum = 0; | |
754 | |
755 end_lnum = start_lnum; | |
756 lnum = start_lnum; | |
757 while (--lnum > break_lnum) | |
758 { | |
759 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */ | |
760 line_breakcheck(); | |
761 if (got_int) | |
762 { | |
763 invalidate_current_state(); | |
764 current_lnum = start_lnum; | |
765 break; | |
766 } | |
767 | |
768 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */ | |
769 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum) | |
770 { | |
771 load_current_state(last_valid); | |
772 break; | |
773 } | |
774 | |
775 /* | |
776 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern. | |
777 */ | |
778 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1)) | |
779 continue; | |
780 | |
781 /* | |
782 * Start with nothing on the state stack | |
783 */ | |
784 validate_current_state(); | |
785 | |
786 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum) | |
787 { | |
788 syn_start_line(); | |
789 for (;;) | |
790 { | |
791 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE); | |
792 /* | |
793 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and | |
794 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line. | |
795 */ | |
796 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len) | |
797 { | |
798 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
799 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum) | |
800 { | |
801 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */ | |
802 current_lnum = end_lnum; | |
803 break; | |
804 } | |
805 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]); | |
806 found_flags = spp->sp_flags; | |
807 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx; | |
808 found_current_lnum = current_lnum; | |
809 found_current_col = current_col; | |
810 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; | |
811 /* | |
812 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length | |
813 * match). | |
814 */ | |
815 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum) | |
816 { | |
817 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; | |
818 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; | |
819 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum) | |
820 break; | |
821 } | |
822 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col) | |
823 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; | |
824 else | |
825 ++current_col; | |
826 | |
827 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for | |
828 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. */ | |
829 ++current_col; | |
830 check_state_ends(); | |
831 --current_col; | |
832 } | |
833 else | |
834 break; | |
835 } | |
836 } | |
837 | |
838 /* | |
839 * If a sync point was encountered, break here. | |
840 */ | |
841 if (found_flags) | |
842 { | |
843 /* | |
844 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the | |
845 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the | |
846 * state stack empty. | |
847 */ | |
848 clear_current_state(); | |
849 if (found_match_idx >= 0 | |
850 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK) | |
851 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
852 | |
853 /* | |
854 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point | |
855 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at | |
856 * the next line. | |
857 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum. | |
858 */ | |
859 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) | |
860 { | |
861 if (current_state.ga_len) | |
862 { | |
863 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
864 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum; | |
865 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col; | |
866 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); | |
867 check_keepend(); | |
868 } | |
869 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; | |
870 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; | |
871 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); | |
872 ++current_lnum; | |
873 } | |
874 else | |
875 current_lnum = start_lnum; | |
876 | |
877 break; | |
878 } | |
879 | |
880 end_lnum = lnum; | |
881 invalidate_current_state(); | |
882 } | |
883 | |
884 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */ | |
885 if (lnum <= break_lnum) | |
886 { | |
887 invalidate_current_state(); | |
888 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1; | |
889 } | |
890 } | |
891 | |
892 validate_current_state(); | |
893 } | |
894 | |
895 /* | |
896 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum". | |
897 */ | |
898 static int | |
899 syn_match_linecont(lnum) | |
900 linenr_T lnum; | |
901 { | |
902 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
903 | |
904 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL) | |
905 { | |
906 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic; | |
907 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog; | |
908 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0); | |
909 } | |
910 return FALSE; | |
911 } | |
912 | |
913 /* | |
914 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line. | |
915 */ | |
916 static void | |
917 syn_start_line() | |
918 { | |
919 current_finished = FALSE; | |
920 current_col = 0; | |
921 | |
922 /* | |
923 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the | |
924 * previous line and regions that have "keepend". | |
925 */ | |
926 if (current_state.ga_len > 0) | |
927 syn_update_ends(TRUE); | |
928 | |
929 next_match_idx = -1; | |
930 ++current_line_id; | |
931 } | |
932 | |
933 /* | |
934 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated. | |
935 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated. | |
936 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated. | |
937 */ | |
938 static void | |
939 syn_update_ends(startofline) | |
940 int startofline; | |
941 { | |
942 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
943 int i; | |
944 | |
945 if (startofline) | |
946 { | |
947 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a | |
948 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */ | |
949 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) | |
950 { | |
951 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); | |
952 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 | |
953 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type | |
954 == SPTYPE_MATCH | |
955 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum) | |
956 { | |
957 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT; | |
958 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; | |
959 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0; | |
960 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; | |
961 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; | |
962 } | |
963 } | |
964 } | |
965 | |
966 /* | |
967 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the | |
968 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may | |
969 * influence contained items. | |
970 * Then check for items ending in column 0. | |
971 */ | |
972 i = current_state.ga_len - 1; | |
973 if (keepend_level >= 0) | |
974 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i) | |
975 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) | |
976 break; | |
977 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) | |
978 { | |
979 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); | |
980 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND) | |
981 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline)) | |
982 { | |
983 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */ | |
984 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
985 | |
986 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT)) | |
987 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline); | |
988 } | |
989 } | |
990 check_keepend(); | |
991 check_state_ends(); | |
992 } | |
993 | |
994 /**************************************** | |
995 * Handling of the state stack cache. | |
996 */ | |
997 | |
998 /* | |
999 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE | |
1000 * | |
1001 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some | |
1002 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point. | |
1003 * | |
1004 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of | |
1005 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next. | |
1006 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2 | |
1007 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack). | |
1008 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid | |
1009 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often. | |
1010 * | |
1011 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling | |
1012 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call | |
1013 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached | |
1014 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed, | |
1015 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line | |
1016 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum | |
1017 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change | |
1018 * the cached entry. | |
1019 * | |
1020 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed | |
1021 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the | |
1022 * start of the line is needed. | |
1023 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These | |
1024 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between | |
1025 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers | |
1026 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed | |
1027 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed. | |
1028 */ | |
1029 | |
1030 /* | |
1031 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf". | |
1032 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere. | |
1033 */ | |
1034 void | |
1035 syn_stack_free_all(buf) | |
1036 buf_T *buf; | |
1037 { | |
1038 synstate_T *p; | |
1039 win_T *wp; | |
1040 | |
1041 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL) | |
1042 { | |
1043 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) | |
1044 clear_syn_state(p); | |
1045 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array); | |
1046 buf->b_sst_array = NULL; | |
1047 buf->b_sst_len = 0; | |
1048 } | |
1049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1050 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */ | |
1051 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
1052 { | |
1053 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)) | |
1054 foldUpdateAll(wp); | |
1055 } | |
1056 #endif | |
1057 } | |
1058 | |
1059 /* | |
1060 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed. | |
1061 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too | |
1062 * small, reallocate it. | |
1063 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time. | |
1064 */ | |
1065 static void | |
1066 syn_stack_alloc() | |
1067 { | |
1068 long len; | |
1069 synstate_T *to, *from; | |
1070 synstate_T *sstp; | |
1071 | |
1072 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; | |
1073 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) | |
1074 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; | |
1075 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) | |
1076 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; | |
1077 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len) | |
1078 { | |
1079 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */ | |
1080 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1081 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; | |
1082 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) | |
1083 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; | |
1084 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) | |
1085 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; | |
1086 | |
1087 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) | |
1088 { | |
1089 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack. | |
1090 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */ | |
1091 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len | |
1092 && syn_stack_cleanup()) | |
1093 ; | |
1094 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2) | |
1095 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2; | |
1096 } | |
1097 | |
1098 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T))); | |
1099 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
1100 return; | |
1101 | |
1102 to = sstp - 1; | |
1103 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) | |
1104 { | |
1105 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */ | |
1106 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL; | |
1107 from = from->sst_next) | |
1108 { | |
1109 ++to; | |
1110 *to = *from; | |
1111 to->sst_next = to + 1; | |
1112 } | |
1113 } | |
1114 if (to != sstp - 1) | |
1115 { | |
1116 to->sst_next = NULL; | |
1117 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp; | |
1118 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1; | |
1119 } | |
1120 else | |
1121 { | |
1122 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL; | |
1123 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len; | |
1124 } | |
1125 | |
1126 /* Create the list of free entries. */ | |
1127 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1; | |
1128 while (++to < sstp + len) | |
1129 to->sst_next = to + 1; | |
1130 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL; | |
1131 | |
1132 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array); | |
1133 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp; | |
1134 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len; | |
1135 } | |
1136 } | |
1137 | |
1138 /* | |
1139 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the | |
1140 * b_mod_* fields. | |
1141 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each | |
1142 * displayed buffer. | |
1143 */ | |
1144 void | |
1145 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf) | |
1146 buf_T *buf; | |
1147 { | |
1148 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np; | |
1149 linenr_T n; | |
1150 | |
1151 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
1152 return; | |
1153 | |
1154 prev = NULL; | |
1155 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; ) | |
1156 { | |
1157 if (p->sst_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top) | |
1158 { | |
1159 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines; | |
1160 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
1161 { | |
1162 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */ | |
1163 np = p->sst_next; | |
1164 if (prev == NULL) | |
1165 buf->b_sst_first = np; | |
1166 else | |
1167 prev->sst_next = np; | |
1168 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p); | |
1169 p = np; | |
1170 continue; | |
1171 } | |
1172 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line | |
1173 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid | |
1174 * again. */ | |
1175 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top) | |
1176 { | |
1177 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top) | |
1178 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines; | |
1179 else | |
1180 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top; | |
1181 } | |
1182 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0 | |
1183 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
1184 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
1185 | |
1186 p->sst_lnum = n; | |
1187 } | |
1188 prev = p; | |
1189 p = p->sst_next; | |
1190 } | |
1191 } | |
1192 | |
1193 /* | |
1194 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf. | |
1195 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed. | |
1196 */ | |
1197 static int | |
1198 syn_stack_cleanup() | |
1199 { | |
1200 synstate_T *p, *prev; | |
1201 disptick_T tick; | |
1202 int above; | |
1203 int dist; | |
1204 int retval = FALSE; | |
1205 | |
1206 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL) | |
1207 return retval; | |
1208 | |
1209 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */ | |
1210 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; | |
1211 | |
1212 /* | |
1213 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can | |
1214 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above | |
1215 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around). | |
1216 */ | |
1217 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick; | |
1218 above = FALSE; | |
1219 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first; | |
1220 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) | |
1221 { | |
1222 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) | |
1223 { | |
1224 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick) | |
1225 { | |
1226 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick) | |
1227 tick = p->sst_tick; | |
1228 above = TRUE; | |
1229 } | |
1230 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick) | |
1231 tick = p->sst_tick; | |
1232 } | |
1233 } | |
1234 | |
1235 /* | |
1236 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an | |
1237 * interval of several lines. | |
1238 */ | |
1239 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first; | |
1240 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) | |
1241 { | |
1242 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) | |
1243 { | |
1244 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */ | |
1245 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next; | |
1246 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p); | |
1247 p = prev; | |
1248 retval = TRUE; | |
1249 } | |
1250 } | |
1251 return retval; | |
1252 } | |
1253 | |
1254 /* | |
1255 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item. | |
1256 * Move the entry into the free list. | |
1257 */ | |
1258 static void | |
1259 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p) | |
1260 buf_T *buf; | |
1261 synstate_T *p; | |
1262 { | |
1263 clear_syn_state(p); | |
1264 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree; | |
1265 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p; | |
1266 ++buf->b_sst_freecount; | |
1267 } | |
1268 | |
1269 /* | |
1270 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum". | |
1271 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum". | |
1272 */ | |
1273 static synstate_T * | |
1274 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum) | |
1275 linenr_T lnum; | |
1276 { | |
1277 synstate_T *p, *prev; | |
1278 | |
1279 prev = NULL; | |
1280 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) | |
1281 { | |
1282 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum) | |
1283 return p; | |
1284 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) | |
1285 break; | |
1286 } | |
1287 return prev; | |
1288 } | |
1289 | |
1290 /* | |
1291 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[]. | |
1292 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line! | |
1293 */ | |
1294 static synstate_T * | |
1295 store_current_state(sp) | |
1296 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or | |
1297 NULL */ | |
1298 { | |
1299 int i; | |
1300 synstate_T *p; | |
1301 bufstate_T *bp; | |
1302 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
1303 | |
1304 if (sp == NULL) | |
1305 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); | |
1306 | |
1307 /* | |
1308 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues | |
1309 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then. | |
1310 */ | |
1311 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
1312 { | |
1313 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); | |
1314 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum | |
1315 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum | |
1316 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum | |
1317 || (cur_si->si_end_idx | |
1318 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum)) | |
1319 break; | |
1320 } | |
1321 if (i >= 0) | |
1322 { | |
1323 if (sp != NULL) | |
1324 { | |
1325 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */ | |
1326 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp) | |
1327 /* it's the first entry */ | |
1328 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next; | |
1329 else | |
1330 { | |
1331 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */ | |
1332 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) | |
1333 if (p->sst_next == sp) | |
1334 break; | |
1335 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; | |
1336 } | |
1337 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp); | |
1338 sp = NULL; | |
1339 } | |
1340 } | |
1341 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum) | |
1342 { | |
1343 /* | |
1344 * Add a new entry | |
1345 */ | |
1346 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */ | |
1347 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0) | |
1348 { | |
1349 (void)syn_stack_cleanup(); | |
1350 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */ | |
1351 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); | |
1352 } | |
1353 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */ | |
1354 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0) | |
1355 sp = NULL; | |
1356 else | |
1357 { | |
1358 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used | |
1359 * list, after *sp */ | |
1360 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree; | |
1361 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next; | |
1362 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount; | |
1363 if (sp == NULL) | |
1364 { | |
1365 /* Insert in front of the list */ | |
1366 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first; | |
1367 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p; | |
1368 } | |
1369 else | |
1370 { | |
1371 /* insert in list after *sp */ | |
1372 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; | |
1373 sp->sst_next = p; | |
1374 } | |
1375 sp = p; | |
1376 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; | |
1377 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum; | |
1378 } | |
1379 } | |
1380 if (sp != NULL) | |
1381 { | |
1382 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */ | |
1383 clear_syn_state(sp); | |
1384 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len; | |
1385 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES) | |
1386 { | |
1387 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the | |
1388 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */ | |
1389 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1); | |
1390 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL) | |
1391 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; | |
1392 else | |
1393 { | |
1394 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len; | |
1395 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_room -= current_state.ga_len; | |
1396 } | |
1397 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); | |
1398 } | |
1399 else | |
1400 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; | |
1401 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i) | |
1402 { | |
1403 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx; | |
1404 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags; | |
1405 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch); | |
1406 } | |
1407 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags; | |
1408 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list; | |
1409 sp->sst_tick = display_tick; | |
1410 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; | |
1411 } | |
1412 current_state_stored = TRUE; | |
1413 return sp; | |
1414 } | |
1415 | |
1416 /* | |
1417 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state; | |
1418 */ | |
1419 static void | |
1420 load_current_state(from) | |
1421 synstate_T *from; | |
1422 { | |
1423 int i; | |
1424 bufstate_T *bp; | |
1425 | |
1426 clear_current_state(); | |
1427 validate_current_state(); | |
1428 keepend_level = -1; | |
1429 if (from->sst_stacksize | |
1430 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL) | |
1431 { | |
1432 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) | |
1433 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga)); | |
1434 else | |
1435 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack; | |
1436 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i) | |
1437 { | |
1438 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx; | |
1439 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags; | |
1440 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch); | |
1441 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) | |
1442 keepend_level = i; | |
1443 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE; | |
1444 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0; | |
1445 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0) | |
1446 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = | |
1447 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list; | |
1448 else | |
1449 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL; | |
1450 update_si_attr(i); | |
1451 } | |
1452 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize; | |
1453 current_state.ga_room -= current_state.ga_len; | |
1454 } | |
1455 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list; | |
1456 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags; | |
1457 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum; | |
1458 } | |
1459 | |
1460 /* | |
1461 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state. | |
1462 * Return TRUE when they are equal. | |
1463 */ | |
1464 static int | |
1465 syn_stack_equal(sp) | |
1466 synstate_T *sp; | |
1467 { | |
1468 int i, j; | |
1469 bufstate_T *bp; | |
1470 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx; | |
1471 | |
1472 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */ | |
1473 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len | |
1474 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list) | |
1475 { | |
1476 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */ | |
1477 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) | |
1478 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); | |
1479 else | |
1480 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; | |
1481 | |
1482 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
1483 { | |
1484 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */ | |
1485 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx) | |
1486 break; | |
1487 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch) | |
1488 { | |
1489 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in | |
1490 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch | |
1491 * references are equal. */ | |
1492 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch; | |
1493 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch; | |
1494 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are | |
1495 * different. */ | |
1496 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL) | |
1497 break; | |
1498 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j) | |
1499 { | |
1500 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be | |
1501 * equal. */ | |
1502 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j]) | |
1503 { | |
1504 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the | |
1505 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when | |
1506 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */ | |
1507 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL | |
1508 || six->matches[j] == NULL) | |
1509 break; | |
1510 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic | |
1511 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j], | |
1512 six->matches[j]) != 0 | |
1513 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0) | |
1514 break; | |
1515 } | |
1516 } | |
1517 if (j != NSUBEXP) | |
1518 break; | |
1519 } | |
1520 } | |
1521 if (i < 0) | |
1522 return TRUE; | |
1523 } | |
1524 return FALSE; | |
1525 } | |
1526 | |
1527 /* | |
1528 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below | |
1529 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below | |
1530 * the last parsed line. | |
1531 * The window looks like this: | |
1532 * line which changed | |
1533 * displayed line | |
1534 * displayed line | |
1535 * lnum -> line below window | |
1536 */ | |
1537 void | |
1538 syntax_end_parsing(lnum) | |
1539 linenr_T lnum; | |
1540 { | |
1541 synstate_T *sp; | |
1542 | |
1543 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); | |
1544 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum) | |
1545 sp = sp->sst_next; | |
1546 | |
1547 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0) | |
1548 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum; | |
1549 } | |
1550 | |
1551 /* | |
1552 * End of handling of the state stack. | |
1553 ****************************************/ | |
1554 | |
1555 static void | |
1556 invalidate_current_state() | |
1557 { | |
1558 clear_current_state(); | |
1559 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */ | |
1560 current_next_list = NULL; | |
1561 keepend_level = -1; | |
1562 } | |
1563 | |
1564 static void | |
1565 validate_current_state() | |
1566 { | |
1567 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T); | |
1568 current_state.ga_growsize = 3; | |
1569 } | |
1570 | |
1571 /* | |
1572 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time. | |
1573 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous | |
1574 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too. | |
1575 */ | |
1576 int | |
1577 syntax_check_changed(lnum) | |
1578 linenr_T lnum; | |
1579 { | |
1580 int retval = TRUE; | |
1581 synstate_T *sp; | |
1582 | |
1583 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */ | |
1584 | |
1585 /* | |
1586 * Check the state stack when: | |
1587 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line. | |
1588 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states. | |
1589 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states. | |
1590 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line. | |
1591 */ | |
1592 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1) | |
1593 { | |
1594 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); | |
1595 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum) | |
1596 { | |
1597 /* | |
1598 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was | |
1599 * drawn) | |
1600 */ | |
1601 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); | |
1602 | |
1603 /* | |
1604 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of | |
1605 * the line. | |
1606 */ | |
1607 if (syn_stack_equal(sp)) | |
1608 retval = FALSE; | |
1609 | |
1610 /* | |
1611 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use. | |
1612 */ | |
1613 ++current_lnum; | |
1614 (void)store_current_state(NULL); | |
1615 } | |
1616 } | |
1617 | |
1618 reg_syn = FALSE; | |
1619 | |
1620 return retval; | |
1621 } | |
1622 | |
1623 /* | |
1624 * Finish the current line. | |
1625 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of | |
1626 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state | |
1627 * is valid. | |
1628 */ | |
1629 static int | |
1630 syn_finish_line(syncing) | |
1631 int syncing; /* called for syncing */ | |
1632 { | |
1633 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
1634 | |
1635 if (!current_finished) | |
1636 { | |
1637 while (!current_finished) | |
1638 { | |
1639 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE); | |
1640 /* | |
1641 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item. | |
1642 */ | |
1643 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len) | |
1644 { | |
1645 /* | |
1646 * Check for match with sync item. | |
1647 */ | |
1648 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
1649 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 | |
1650 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags | |
1651 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))) | |
1652 return TRUE; | |
1653 | |
1654 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item | |
1655 * that ends here, need to do that now. */ | |
1656 ++current_col; | |
1657 check_state_ends(); | |
1658 --current_col; | |
1659 } | |
1660 ++current_col; | |
1661 } | |
1662 } | |
1663 return FALSE; | |
1664 } | |
1665 | |
1666 /* | |
1667 * Return highlight attributes for next character. | |
1668 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line. | |
1669 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each | |
1670 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the | |
1671 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed. | |
1672 */ | |
1673 int | |
1674 get_syntax_attr(col) | |
1675 colnr_T col; | |
1676 { | |
1677 int attr = 0; | |
1678 | |
1679 /* check for out of memory situation */ | |
1680 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL) | |
1681 return 0; | |
1682 | |
1683 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */ | |
1684 | |
1685 /* Make sure current_state is valid */ | |
1686 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) | |
1687 validate_current_state(); | |
1688 | |
1689 /* | |
1690 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col". | |
1691 */ | |
1692 while (current_col <= col) | |
1693 { | |
1694 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1695 ++current_col; | |
1696 } | |
1697 | |
1698 reg_syn = FALSE; | |
1699 return attr; | |
1700 } | |
1701 | |
1702 /* | |
1703 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col. | |
1704 */ | |
1705 static int | |
1706 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying) | |
1707 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */ | |
1708 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */ | |
1709 { | |
1710 int syn_id; | |
1711 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */ | |
1712 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */ | |
1713 lpos_T hl_endpos; | |
1714 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */ | |
1715 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */ | |
1716 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */ | |
1717 int idx; | |
1718 synpat_T *spp; | |
1719 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip; | |
1720 int startcol; | |
1721 int endcol; | |
1722 long flags; | |
1723 short *next_list; | |
1724 int found_match; /* found usable match */ | |
1725 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */ | |
1726 int do_keywords; | |
1727 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
1728 lpos_T pos; | |
1729 int lc_col; | |
1730 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL; | |
1731 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after | |
1732 looking for a pattern match! */ | |
1733 | |
1734 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */ | |
1735 int keep_next_list; | |
1736 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE; | |
1737 garray_T zero_width_next_ga; | |
1738 | |
1739 /* | |
1740 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line? | |
1741 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region). | |
1742 */ | |
1743 line = syn_getcurline(); | |
1744 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0) | |
1745 { | |
1746 /* | |
1747 * If we found a match after the last column, use it. | |
1748 */ | |
1749 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col | |
1750 && next_match_col != MAXCOL) | |
1751 (void)push_next_match(NULL); | |
1752 | |
1753 current_finished = TRUE; | |
1754 current_state_stored = FALSE; | |
1755 return 0; | |
1756 } | |
1757 | |
1758 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */ | |
1759 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL) | |
1760 { | |
1761 current_finished = TRUE; | |
1762 current_state_stored = FALSE; | |
1763 } | |
1764 | |
1765 /* | |
1766 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used | |
1767 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in | |
1768 * the next column. | |
1769 */ | |
1770 if (try_next_column) | |
1771 { | |
1772 next_match_idx = -1; | |
1773 try_next_column = FALSE; | |
1774 } | |
1775 | |
1776 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */ | |
1777 do_keywords = !syncing | |
1778 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab != NULL | |
1779 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic != NULL); | |
1780 | |
1781 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to | |
1782 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */ | |
1783 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10); | |
1784 | |
1785 /* | |
1786 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the | |
1787 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current | |
1788 * column. | |
1789 */ | |
1790 do | |
1791 { | |
1792 found_match = FALSE; | |
1793 keep_next_list = FALSE; | |
1794 syn_id = 0; | |
1795 | |
1796 /* | |
1797 * 1. Check for a current state. | |
1798 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may | |
1799 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns. | |
1800 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the | |
1801 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!). | |
1802 */ | |
1803 if (current_state.ga_len) | |
1804 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
1805 else | |
1806 cur_si = NULL; | |
1807 | |
1808 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL | |
1809 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL) | |
1810 { | |
1811 /* | |
1812 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword | |
1813 * char. Don't do this when syncing. | |
1814 */ | |
1815 if (do_keywords) | |
1816 { | |
1817 line = syn_getcurline(); | |
1818 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf) | |
1819 && (current_col == 0 | |
1820 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1 | |
1821 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1822 - (has_mbyte | |
1823 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1) | |
1824 : 0) | |
1825 #endif | |
1826 , syn_buf))) | |
1827 { | |
1828 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col, | |
1829 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si); | |
1830 if (syn_id) | |
1831 { | |
1832 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK) | |
1833 { | |
1834 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
1835 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; | |
1836 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
1837 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */ | |
1838 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
1839 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol; | |
1840 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
1841 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol; | |
1842 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; | |
1843 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; | |
1844 cur_si->si_flags = flags; | |
1845 cur_si->si_id = syn_id; | |
1846 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id; | |
1847 if (flags & HL_TRANSP) | |
1848 { | |
1849 if (current_state.ga_len < 2) | |
1850 { | |
1851 cur_si->si_attr = 0; | |
1852 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0; | |
1853 } | |
1854 else | |
1855 { | |
1856 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE( | |
1857 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr; | |
1858 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE( | |
1859 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id; | |
1860 } | |
1861 } | |
1862 else | |
1863 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id); | |
1864 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL; | |
1865 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list; | |
1866 check_keepend(); | |
1867 } | |
1868 else | |
1869 vim_free(next_list); | |
1870 } | |
1871 } | |
1872 } | |
1873 | |
1874 /* | |
1875 * 3. Check for patterns (only if not found a keyword). | |
1876 */ | |
1877 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len) | |
1878 { | |
1879 /* | |
1880 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check | |
1881 * for any match with a pattern. | |
1882 */ | |
1883 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col) | |
1884 { | |
1885 /* | |
1886 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this | |
1887 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a | |
1888 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to | |
1889 * avoid doing it when it's not needed. | |
1890 */ | |
1891 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */ | |
1892 next_match_col = MAXCOL; | |
1893 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) | |
1894 { | |
1895 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); | |
1896 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing | |
1897 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY)) | |
1898 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH | |
1899 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
1900 && (current_next_list != NULL | |
1901 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, | |
1902 &spp->sp_syn, 0) | |
1903 : (cur_si == NULL | |
1904 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED) | |
1905 : in_id_list(cur_si, | |
1906 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn, | |
1907 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)))) | |
1908 { | |
1909 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and | |
1910 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip | |
1911 * this item. */ | |
1912 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id | |
1913 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col) | |
1914 continue; | |
1915 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id; | |
1916 | |
1917 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; | |
1918 if (lc_col < 0) | |
1919 lc_col = 0; | |
1920 | |
1921 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; | |
1922 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; | |
1923 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum, | |
1924 (colnr_T)lc_col)) | |
1925 { | |
1926 /* no match in this line, try another one */ | |
1927 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; | |
1928 continue; | |
1929 } | |
1930 | |
1931 /* | |
1932 * Compute the first column of the match. | |
1933 */ | |
1934 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match, | |
1935 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1); | |
1936 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum) | |
1937 { | |
1938 /* must have used end of match in a next line, | |
1939 * we can't handle that */ | |
1940 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; | |
1941 continue; | |
1942 } | |
1943 startcol = pos.col; | |
1944 | |
1945 /* remember the next column where this pattern | |
1946 * matches in the current line */ | |
1947 spp->sp_startcol = startcol; | |
1948 | |
1949 /* | |
1950 * If a previously found match starts at a lower | |
1951 * column number, don't use this one. | |
1952 */ | |
1953 if (startcol >= next_match_col) | |
1954 continue; | |
1955 | |
1956 /* | |
1957 * If we matched this pattern at this position | |
1958 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next | |
1959 * column, because it may match from there. | |
1960 */ | |
1961 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga)) | |
1962 { | |
1963 try_next_column = TRUE; | |
1964 continue; | |
1965 } | |
1966 | |
1967 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; | |
1968 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
1969 | |
1970 /* Compute the highlight start. */ | |
1971 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match, | |
1972 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1); | |
1973 | |
1974 /* Compute the region start. */ | |
1975 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */ | |
1976 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match, | |
1977 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0); | |
1978 | |
1979 /* | |
1980 * Grab the external submatches before they get | |
1981 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change. | |
1982 */ | |
1983 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); | |
1984 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out; | |
1985 re_extmatch_out = NULL; | |
1986 | |
1987 flags = 0; | |
1988 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */ | |
1989 eoe_pos.col = 0; | |
1990 end_idx = 0; | |
1991 hl_endpos.lnum = 0; | |
1992 | |
1993 /* | |
1994 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the | |
1995 * same line too. Search for it after the end of | |
1996 * the match with the start pattern. Set the | |
1997 * resulting end positions at the same time. | |
1998 */ | |
1999 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START | |
2000 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) | |
2001 { | |
2002 lpos_T startpos; | |
2003 | |
2004 startpos = endpos; | |
2005 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, | |
2006 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch); | |
2007 if (endpos.lnum == 0) | |
2008 continue; /* not found */ | |
2009 } | |
2010 | |
2011 /* | |
2012 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the | |
2013 * end offset needs has been added. Except when | |
2014 * syncing. | |
2015 */ | |
2016 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) | |
2017 { | |
2018 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp, | |
2019 SPO_HE_OFF, 0); | |
2020 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp, | |
2021 SPO_ME_OFF, 0); | |
2022 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2023 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol) | |
2024 { | |
2025 /* | |
2026 * If an empty string is matched, may need | |
2027 * to try matching again at next column. | |
2028 */ | |
2029 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col | |
2030 == regmatch.endpos[0].col) | |
2031 try_next_column = TRUE; | |
2032 continue; | |
2033 } | |
2034 } | |
2035 | |
2036 /* | |
2037 * keep the best match so far in next_match_* | |
2038 */ | |
2039 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end | |
2040 * before endpos. */ | |
2041 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2042 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol) | |
2043 hl_startpos.col = startcol; | |
2044 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos); | |
2045 | |
2046 next_match_idx = idx; | |
2047 next_match_col = startcol; | |
2048 next_match_m_endpos = endpos; | |
2049 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos; | |
2050 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos; | |
2051 next_match_flags = flags; | |
2052 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos; | |
2053 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos; | |
2054 next_match_end_idx = end_idx; | |
2055 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); | |
2056 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch; | |
2057 cur_extmatch = NULL; | |
2058 } | |
2059 } | |
2060 } | |
2061 | |
2062 /* | |
2063 * If we found a match at the current column, use it. | |
2064 */ | |
2065 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col) | |
2066 { | |
2067 synpat_T *lspp; | |
2068 | |
2069 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup, | |
2070 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */ | |
2071 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]); | |
2072 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2073 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col | |
2074 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL) | |
2075 { | |
2076 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list; | |
2077 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags; | |
2078 keep_next_list = TRUE; | |
2079 zero_width_next_list = TRUE; | |
2080 | |
2081 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check | |
2082 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an | |
2083 * endless loop). */ | |
2084 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK) | |
2085 { | |
2086 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data)) | |
2087 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx; | |
2088 --zero_width_next_ga.ga_room; | |
2089 } | |
2090 next_match_idx = -1; | |
2091 } | |
2092 else | |
2093 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si); | |
2094 found_match = TRUE; | |
2095 } | |
2096 } | |
2097 } | |
2098 | |
2099 /* | |
2100 * Handle searching for nextgroup match. | |
2101 */ | |
2102 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list) | |
2103 { | |
2104 /* | |
2105 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if: | |
2106 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given | |
2107 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given | |
2108 */ | |
2109 if (!found_match) | |
2110 { | |
2111 line = syn_getcurline(); | |
2112 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) | |
2113 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col])) | |
2114 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) | |
2115 && *line == NUL)) | |
2116 break; | |
2117 } | |
2118 | |
2119 /* | |
2120 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for | |
2121 * contained matches. | |
2122 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal | |
2123 * match. | |
2124 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no | |
2125 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck). | |
2126 */ | |
2127 current_next_list = NULL; | |
2128 next_match_idx = -1; | |
2129 if (!zero_width_next_list) | |
2130 found_match = TRUE; | |
2131 } | |
2132 | |
2133 } while (found_match); | |
2134 | |
2135 /* | |
2136 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting. | |
2137 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc. | |
2138 */ | |
2139 current_attr = 0; | |
2140 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2141 current_id = 0; | |
2142 current_trans_id = 0; | |
2143 #endif | |
2144 if (cur_si != NULL) | |
2145 { | |
2146 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx) | |
2147 { | |
2148 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); | |
2149 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum | |
2150 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum | |
2151 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col)) | |
2152 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0 | |
2153 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum | |
2154 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum | |
2155 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col))) | |
2156 { | |
2157 current_attr = sip->si_attr; | |
2158 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2159 current_id = sip->si_id; | |
2160 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id; | |
2161 #endif | |
2162 break; | |
2163 } | |
2164 } | |
2165 | |
2166 /* | |
2167 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the | |
2168 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a | |
2169 * single character match. | |
2170 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It | |
2171 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the | |
2172 * current column. | |
2173 */ | |
2174 if (!syncing) | |
2175 { | |
2176 check_state_ends(); | |
2177 if (current_state.ga_len > 0) | |
2178 { | |
2179 ++current_col; | |
2180 check_state_ends(); | |
2181 --current_col; | |
2182 } | |
2183 } | |
2184 } | |
2185 | |
2186 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */ | |
2187 if (current_next_list != NULL | |
2188 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL | |
2189 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))) | |
2190 current_next_list = NULL; | |
2191 | |
2192 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0) | |
2193 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga); | |
2194 | |
2195 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */ | |
2196 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out); | |
2197 re_extmatch_out = NULL; | |
2198 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); | |
2199 | |
2200 return current_attr; | |
2201 } | |
2202 | |
2203 | |
2204 /* | |
2205 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column. | |
2206 */ | |
2207 static int | |
2208 did_match_already(idx, gap) | |
2209 int idx; | |
2210 garray_T *gap; | |
2211 { | |
2212 int i; | |
2213 | |
2214 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
2215 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col | |
2216 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum | |
2217 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx) | |
2218 return TRUE; | |
2219 | |
2220 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax | |
2221 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */ | |
2222 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
2223 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx) | |
2224 return TRUE; | |
2225 | |
2226 return FALSE; | |
2227 } | |
2228 | |
2229 /* | |
2230 * Push the next match onto the stack. | |
2231 */ | |
2232 static stateitem_T * | |
2233 push_next_match(cur_si) | |
2234 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
2235 { | |
2236 synpat_T *spp; | |
2237 | |
2238 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]); | |
2239 | |
2240 /* | |
2241 * Push the item in current_state stack; | |
2242 */ | |
2243 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) | |
2244 { | |
2245 /* | |
2246 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how | |
2247 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length. | |
2248 */ | |
2249 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2250 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; | |
2251 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; | |
2252 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; | |
2253 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags; | |
2254 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list; | |
2255 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); | |
2256 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) | |
2257 { | |
2258 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */ | |
2259 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE); | |
2260 check_keepend(); | |
2261 } | |
2262 else | |
2263 { | |
2264 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos; | |
2265 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos; | |
2266 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2267 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags; | |
2268 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos; | |
2269 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx; | |
2270 } | |
2271 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) | |
2272 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1; | |
2273 check_keepend(); | |
2274 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2275 | |
2276 /* | |
2277 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item | |
2278 * on the stack for the start pattern. | |
2279 */ | |
2280 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START | |
2281 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0 | |
2282 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) | |
2283 { | |
2284 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2285 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; | |
2286 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; | |
2287 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; | |
2288 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; | |
2289 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; | |
2290 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2291 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; | |
2292 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH; | |
2293 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL; | |
2294 check_keepend(); | |
2295 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2296 } | |
2297 } | |
2298 | |
2299 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */ | |
2300 | |
2301 return cur_si; | |
2302 } | |
2303 | |
2304 /* | |
2305 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it). | |
2306 */ | |
2307 static void | |
2308 check_state_ends() | |
2309 { | |
2310 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
2311 int had_extend = FALSE; | |
2312 | |
2313 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2314 for (;;) | |
2315 { | |
2316 if (cur_si->si_ends | |
2317 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum | |
2318 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2319 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col))) | |
2320 { | |
2321 /* | |
2322 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern | |
2323 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack. | |
2324 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current | |
2325 * position. | |
2326 */ | |
2327 if (cur_si->si_end_idx | |
2328 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum | |
2329 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2330 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col))) | |
2331 { | |
2332 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx; | |
2333 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; | |
2334 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; | |
2335 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; | |
2336 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH; | |
2337 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2338 break; | |
2339 } | |
2340 else | |
2341 { | |
2342 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or | |
2343 * "skipempty" */ | |
2344 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list; | |
2345 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags; | |
2346 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)) | |
2347 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) | |
2348 current_next_list = NULL; | |
2349 | |
2350 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with | |
2351 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */ | |
2352 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND) | |
2353 had_extend = TRUE; | |
2354 | |
2355 pop_current_state(); | |
2356 | |
2357 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) | |
2358 break; | |
2359 | |
2360 if (had_extend) | |
2361 { | |
2362 syn_update_ends(FALSE); | |
2363 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) | |
2364 break; | |
2365 } | |
2366 | |
2367 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2368 | |
2369 /* | |
2370 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after | |
2371 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match | |
2372 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues. | |
2373 * Don't do this when: | |
2374 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item | |
2375 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1). | |
2376 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set) | |
2377 */ | |
2378 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 | |
2379 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type | |
2380 == SPTYPE_START | |
2381 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND))) | |
2382 { | |
2383 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); | |
2384 check_keepend(); | |
2385 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL) | |
2386 && keepend_level < 0 | |
2387 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) | |
2388 break; | |
2389 } | |
2390 } | |
2391 } | |
2392 else | |
2393 break; | |
2394 } | |
2395 } | |
2396 | |
2397 /* | |
2398 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This | |
2399 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list. | |
2400 */ | |
2401 static void | |
2402 update_si_attr(idx) | |
2403 int idx; | |
2404 { | |
2405 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); | |
2406 synpat_T *spp; | |
2407 | |
2408 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]); | |
2409 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) | |
2410 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id; | |
2411 else | |
2412 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id; | |
2413 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id); | |
2414 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id; | |
2415 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) | |
2416 sip->si_cont_list = NULL; | |
2417 else | |
2418 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list; | |
2419 | |
2420 /* | |
2421 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item. | |
2422 * Also take cont_list, if there is none. | |
2423 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern. | |
2424 */ | |
2425 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)) | |
2426 { | |
2427 if (idx == 0) | |
2428 { | |
2429 sip->si_attr = 0; | |
2430 sip->si_trans_id = 0; | |
2431 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) | |
2432 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL; | |
2433 } | |
2434 else | |
2435 { | |
2436 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr; | |
2437 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id; | |
2438 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) | |
2439 { | |
2440 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT; | |
2441 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list; | |
2442 } | |
2443 } | |
2444 } | |
2445 } | |
2446 | |
2447 /* | |
2448 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag. | |
2449 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found. | |
2450 */ | |
2451 static void | |
2452 check_keepend() | |
2453 { | |
2454 int i; | |
2455 lpos_T maxpos; | |
2456 stateitem_T *sip; | |
2457 | |
2458 /* | |
2459 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where | |
2460 * there really is a keepend. | |
2461 */ | |
2462 if (keepend_level < 0) | |
2463 return; | |
2464 | |
2465 /* | |
2466 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that | |
2467 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be | |
2468 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally. | |
2469 */ | |
2470 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i) | |
2471 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) | |
2472 break; | |
2473 | |
2474 maxpos.lnum = 0; | |
2475 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) | |
2476 { | |
2477 sip = &CUR_STATE(i); | |
2478 if (maxpos.lnum != 0) | |
2479 { | |
2480 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos); | |
2481 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos); | |
2482 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos); | |
2483 sip->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2484 } | |
2485 if (sip->si_ends | |
2486 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND) | |
2487 && (maxpos.lnum == 0 | |
2488 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum | |
2489 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum | |
2490 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))) | |
2491 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos; | |
2492 } | |
2493 } | |
2494 | |
2495 /* | |
2496 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern. | |
2497 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line. | |
2498 * | |
2499 * Return the flags for the matched END. | |
2500 */ | |
2501 static void | |
2502 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force) | |
2503 stateitem_T *sip; | |
2504 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */ | |
2505 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */ | |
2506 { | |
2507 lpos_T startpos; | |
2508 lpos_T endpos; | |
2509 lpos_T hl_endpos; | |
2510 lpos_T end_endpos; | |
2511 int end_idx; | |
2512 | |
2513 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern | |
2514 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend" | |
2515 * from a containing item. */ | |
2516 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum) | |
2517 return; | |
2518 | |
2519 /* | |
2520 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next | |
2521 * line. | |
2522 */ | |
2523 end_idx = 0; | |
2524 startpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
2525 startpos.col = startcol; | |
2526 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, | |
2527 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch); | |
2528 | |
2529 if (endpos.lnum == 0) | |
2530 { | |
2531 /* No end pattern matched. */ | |
2532 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE) | |
2533 { | |
2534 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */ | |
2535 sip->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2536 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
2537 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline()); | |
2538 } | |
2539 else | |
2540 { | |
2541 /* continues in the next line */ | |
2542 sip->si_ends = FALSE; | |
2543 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; | |
2544 } | |
2545 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos; | |
2546 } | |
2547 else | |
2548 { | |
2549 /* match within this line */ | |
2550 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos; | |
2551 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos; | |
2552 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos; | |
2553 sip->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2554 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx; | |
2555 } | |
2556 } | |
2557 | |
2558 /* | |
2559 * Add a new state to the current state stack. | |
2560 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx". | |
2561 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory). | |
2562 */ | |
2563 static int | |
2564 push_current_state(idx) | |
2565 int idx; | |
2566 { | |
2567 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL) | |
2568 return FAIL; | |
2569 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T)); | |
2570 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx; | |
2571 ++current_state.ga_len; | |
2572 --current_state.ga_room; | |
2573 return OK; | |
2574 } | |
2575 | |
2576 /* | |
2577 * Remove a state from the current_state stack. | |
2578 */ | |
2579 static void | |
2580 pop_current_state() | |
2581 { | |
2582 if (current_state.ga_len) | |
2583 { | |
2584 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch); | |
2585 --current_state.ga_len; | |
2586 ++current_state.ga_room; | |
2587 } | |
2588 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */ | |
2589 next_match_idx = -1; | |
2590 | |
2591 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */ | |
2592 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len) | |
2593 keepend_level = -1; | |
2594 } | |
2595 | |
2596 /* | |
2597 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos". | |
2598 * Only checks one line. | |
2599 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line. | |
2600 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum | |
2601 * will be 0. | |
2602 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is | |
2603 * computed. | |
2604 */ | |
2605 static void | |
2606 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos, | |
2607 end_idx, start_ext) | |
2608 int idx; /* index of the pattern */ | |
2609 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */ | |
2610 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */ | |
2611 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */ | |
2612 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */ | |
2613 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */ | |
2614 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */ | |
2615 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */ | |
2616 { | |
2617 colnr_T matchcol; | |
2618 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip; | |
2619 int start_idx; | |
2620 int best_idx; | |
2621 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
2622 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */ | |
2623 lpos_T pos; | |
2624 char_u *line; | |
2625 int had_match = FALSE; | |
2626 | |
2627 /* | |
2628 * Check for being called with a START pattern. | |
2629 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it | |
2630 * contained a region. | |
2631 */ | |
2632 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); | |
2633 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) | |
2634 { | |
2635 *hl_endpos = *startpos; | |
2636 return; | |
2637 } | |
2638 | |
2639 /* | |
2640 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern. | |
2641 */ | |
2642 for (;;) | |
2643 { | |
2644 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); | |
2645 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) | |
2646 break; | |
2647 ++idx; | |
2648 } | |
2649 | |
2650 /* | |
2651 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present) | |
2652 */ | |
2653 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) | |
2654 { | |
2655 spp_skip = spp; | |
2656 ++idx; | |
2657 } | |
2658 else | |
2659 spp_skip = NULL; | |
2660 | |
2661 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */ | |
2662 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); | |
2663 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext); | |
2664 | |
2665 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */ | |
2666 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */ | |
2667 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ | |
2668 for (;;) | |
2669 { | |
2670 /* | |
2671 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol". | |
2672 */ | |
2673 best_idx = -1; | |
2674 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx) | |
2675 { | |
2676 int lc_col = matchcol; | |
2677 | |
2678 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); | |
2679 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */ | |
2680 break; | |
2681 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; | |
2682 if (lc_col < 0) | |
2683 lc_col = 0; | |
2684 | |
2685 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; | |
2686 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; | |
2687 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)) | |
2688 { | |
2689 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col | |
2690 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) | |
2691 { | |
2692 best_idx = idx; | |
2693 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0]; | |
2694 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0]; | |
2695 } | |
2696 } | |
2697 } | |
2698 | |
2699 /* | |
2700 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the | |
2701 * item continues until end-of-line. | |
2702 */ | |
2703 if (best_idx == -1) | |
2704 break; | |
2705 | |
2706 /* | |
2707 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern, | |
2708 * continue searching after the skip pattern. | |
2709 */ | |
2710 if (spp_skip != NULL) | |
2711 { | |
2712 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; | |
2713 | |
2714 if (lc_col < 0) | |
2715 lc_col = 0; | |
2716 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic; | |
2717 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog; | |
2718 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col) | |
2719 && regmatch.startpos[0].col | |
2720 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) | |
2721 { | |
2722 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */ | |
2723 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); | |
2724 | |
2725 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no | |
2726 * match with an end pattern in this line. */ | |
2727 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum) | |
2728 break; | |
2729 | |
2730 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE); | |
2731 | |
2732 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */ | |
2733 if (pos.col <= matchcol) | |
2734 ++matchcol; | |
2735 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col) | |
2736 matchcol = pos.col; | |
2737 else | |
2738 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */ | |
2739 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
2740 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col; | |
2741 ++matchcol) | |
2742 ; | |
2743 | |
2744 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */ | |
2745 if (line[matchcol] == NUL) | |
2746 break; | |
2747 | |
2748 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */ | |
2749 } | |
2750 } | |
2751 | |
2752 /* | |
2753 * Match from start pattern to end pattern. | |
2754 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern. | |
2755 */ | |
2756 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]); | |
2757 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); | |
2758 /* can't end before the start */ | |
2759 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col) | |
2760 m_endpos->col = startpos->col; | |
2761 | |
2762 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1); | |
2763 /* can't end before the start */ | |
2764 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum | |
2765 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col) | |
2766 end_endpos->col = startpos->col; | |
2767 /* can't end after the match */ | |
2768 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos); | |
2769 | |
2770 /* | |
2771 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers. | |
2772 */ | |
2773 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0) | |
2774 { | |
2775 *end_idx = best_idx; | |
2776 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT))) | |
2777 { | |
2778 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; | |
2779 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
2780 } | |
2781 else | |
2782 { | |
2783 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
2784 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col; | |
2785 } | |
2786 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF]; | |
2787 | |
2788 /* can't end before the start */ | |
2789 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum | |
2790 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col) | |
2791 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col; | |
2792 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos); | |
2793 | |
2794 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned | |
2795 * into the matchgroup for the end */ | |
2796 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos; | |
2797 } | |
2798 else | |
2799 { | |
2800 *end_idx = 0; | |
2801 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos; | |
2802 } | |
2803 | |
2804 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags; | |
2805 | |
2806 had_match = TRUE; | |
2807 break; | |
2808 } | |
2809 | |
2810 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */ | |
2811 if (!had_match) | |
2812 m_endpos->lnum = 0; | |
2813 | |
2814 /* Remove external matches. */ | |
2815 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); | |
2816 re_extmatch_in = NULL; | |
2817 } | |
2818 | |
2819 /* | |
2820 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit". | |
2821 */ | |
2822 static void | |
2823 limit_pos(pos, limit) | |
2824 lpos_T *pos; | |
2825 lpos_T *limit; | |
2826 { | |
2827 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum) | |
2828 *pos = *limit; | |
2829 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col) | |
2830 pos->col = limit->col; | |
2831 } | |
2832 | |
2833 /* | |
2834 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero. | |
2835 */ | |
2836 static void | |
2837 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit) | |
2838 lpos_T *pos; | |
2839 lpos_T *limit; | |
2840 { | |
2841 if (pos->lnum == 0) | |
2842 *pos = *limit; | |
2843 else | |
2844 limit_pos(pos, limit); | |
2845 } | |
2846 | |
2847 /* | |
2848 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight. | |
2849 */ | |
2850 static void | |
2851 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) | |
2852 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ | |
2853 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ | |
2854 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */ | |
2855 int idx; /* index of offset */ | |
2856 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */ | |
2857 { | |
2858 int col; | |
2859 | |
2860 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx)) | |
2861 { | |
2862 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; | |
2863 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra; | |
2864 } | |
2865 else | |
2866 { | |
2867 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; | |
2868 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col; | |
2869 } | |
2870 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx]; | |
2871 if (col < 0) | |
2872 result->col = 0; | |
2873 else | |
2874 result->col = col; | |
2875 } | |
2876 | |
2877 /* | |
2878 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight. | |
2879 * Avoid resulting column to become negative. | |
2880 */ | |
2881 static void | |
2882 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) | |
2883 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ | |
2884 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ | |
2885 synpat_T *spp; | |
2886 int idx; | |
2887 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */ | |
2888 { | |
2889 int col; | |
2890 | |
2891 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT))) | |
2892 { | |
2893 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; | |
2894 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra; | |
2895 } | |
2896 else | |
2897 { | |
2898 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; | |
2899 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col; | |
2900 } | |
2901 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx]; | |
2902 if (col < 0) | |
2903 result->col = 0; | |
2904 else | |
2905 result->col = col; | |
2906 } | |
2907 | |
2908 /* | |
2909 * Get current line in syntax buffer. | |
2910 */ | |
2911 static char_u * | |
2912 syn_getcurline() | |
2913 { | |
2914 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE); | |
2915 } | |
2916 | |
2917 /* | |
2918 * Call vim_regexec() to match in syn_buf. | |
2919 * Returns TRUE when there is a match. | |
2920 */ | |
2921 static int | |
2922 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col) | |
2923 regmmatch_T *rmp; | |
2924 linenr_T lnum; | |
2925 colnr_T col; | |
2926 { | |
2927 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0) | |
2928 { | |
2929 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum; | |
2930 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum; | |
2931 return TRUE; | |
2932 } | |
2933 return FALSE; | |
2934 } | |
2935 | |
2936 /* | |
2937 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword. | |
2938 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol. | |
2939 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise. | |
2940 */ | |
2941 static int | |
2942 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si) | |
2943 char_u *line; | |
2944 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */ | |
2945 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */ | |
2946 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */ | |
2947 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */ | |
2948 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */ | |
2949 { | |
2950 keyentry_T *ktab; | |
2951 char_u *p; | |
2952 int round; | |
2953 int len; | |
2954 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */ | |
2955 | |
2956 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already | |
2957 * checked. */ | |
2958 p = line + startcol; | |
2959 len = 0; | |
2960 do | |
2961 { | |
2962 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2963 if (has_mbyte) | |
2964 len += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + len); | |
2965 else | |
2966 #endif | |
2967 ++len; | |
2968 } | |
2969 while (vim_iswordc_buf(p + len, syn_buf)); | |
2970 | |
2971 if (len > MAXKEYWLEN) | |
2972 return 0; | |
2973 | |
2974 /* | |
2975 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it | |
2976 * lowercase. | |
2977 */ | |
2978 STRNCPY(keyword, p, len); | |
2979 keyword[len] = NUL; | |
2980 | |
2981 /* | |
2982 * Try twice: | |
2983 * 1. matching case | |
2984 * 2. ignoring case | |
2985 */ | |
2986 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
2987 { | |
2988 if ((round == 1 ? syn_buf->b_keywtab : syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic) == NULL) | |
2989 continue; | |
2990 if (round == 1) /* match case */ | |
2991 ktab = syn_buf->b_keywtab[syn_khash(keyword)]; | |
2992 else /* round == 2, ignore case */ | |
2993 { | |
2994 p = str_foldcase(keyword, (int)STRLEN(keyword)); | |
2995 if (p != NULL) | |
2996 { | |
2997 STRNCPY(keyword, p, MAXKEYWLEN); | |
2998 keyword[MAXKEYWLEN] = NUL; | |
2999 vim_free(p); | |
3000 } | |
3001 ktab = syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic[syn_khash(keyword)]; | |
3002 } | |
3003 | |
3004 /* | |
3005 * Find keywords that match. | |
3006 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise: | |
3007 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel. | |
3008 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list. | |
3009 */ | |
3010 for ( ; ktab != NULL; ktab = ktab->next) | |
3011 if ( STRCMP(keyword, ktab->keyword) == 0 | |
3012 && (current_next_list != 0 | |
3013 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &ktab->k_syn, 0) | |
3014 : (cur_si == NULL | |
3015 ? !(ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED) | |
3016 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list, | |
3017 &ktab->k_syn, ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))) | |
3018 { | |
3019 *endcolp = startcol + len; | |
3020 *flagsp = ktab->flags; | |
3021 *next_listp = ktab->next_list; | |
3022 return ktab->k_syn.id; | |
3023 } | |
3024 } | |
3025 return 0; | |
3026 } | |
3027 | |
3028 /* | |
3029 * Handle ":syntax case" command. | |
3030 */ | |
3031 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
3032 static void | |
3033 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing) | |
3034 exarg_T *eap; | |
3035 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
3036 { | |
3037 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
3038 char_u *next; | |
3039 | |
3040 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
3041 if (eap->skip) | |
3042 return; | |
3043 | |
3044 next = skiptowhite(arg); | |
3045 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5) | |
3046 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; | |
3047 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6) | |
3048 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE; | |
3049 else | |
3050 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); | |
3051 } | |
3052 | |
3053 /* | |
3054 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer. | |
3055 */ | |
3056 void | |
3057 syntax_clear(buf) | |
3058 buf_T *buf; | |
3059 { | |
3060 int i; | |
3061 | |
3062 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */ | |
3063 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE; | |
3064 | |
3065 /* free the keywords */ | |
3066 free_keywtab(buf->b_keywtab); | |
3067 buf->b_keywtab = NULL; | |
3068 free_keywtab(buf->b_keywtab_ic); | |
3069 buf->b_keywtab_ic = NULL; | |
3070 | |
3071 /* free the syntax patterns */ | |
3072 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
3073 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i); | |
3074 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns); | |
3075 | |
3076 /* free the syntax clusters */ | |
3077 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
3078 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i); | |
3079 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters); | |
3080 | |
3081 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; | |
3082 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; | |
3083 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; | |
3084 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; | |
3085 | |
3086 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog); | |
3087 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; | |
3088 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat); | |
3089 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; | |
3090 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3091 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0; | |
3092 #endif | |
3093 | |
3094 /* free the stored states */ | |
3095 syn_stack_free_all(buf); | |
3096 invalidate_current_state(); | |
3097 } | |
3098 | |
3099 /* | |
3100 * Clear syncing info for one buffer. | |
3101 */ | |
3102 static void | |
3103 syntax_sync_clear() | |
3104 { | |
3105 int i; | |
3106 | |
3107 /* free the syntax patterns */ | |
3108 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
3109 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing) | |
3110 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i); | |
3111 | |
3112 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; | |
3113 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; | |
3114 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; | |
3115 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; | |
3116 | |
3117 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog); | |
3118 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; | |
3119 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat); | |
3120 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; | |
3121 | |
3122 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ | |
3123 } | |
3124 | |
3125 /* | |
3126 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list. | |
3127 */ | |
3128 static void | |
3129 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx) | |
3130 buf_T *buf; | |
3131 int idx; | |
3132 { | |
3133 synpat_T *spp; | |
3134 | |
3135 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]); | |
3136 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3137 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD) | |
3138 --buf->b_syn_folditems; | |
3139 #endif | |
3140 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx); | |
3141 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1, | |
3142 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1)); | |
3143 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
3144 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room; | |
3145 } | |
3146 | |
3147 /* | |
3148 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from | |
3149 * last to first! | |
3150 */ | |
3151 static void | |
3152 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i) | |
3153 buf_T *buf; | |
3154 int i; | |
3155 { | |
3156 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern); | |
3157 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog); | |
3158 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */ | |
3159 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START) | |
3160 { | |
3161 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list); | |
3162 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list); | |
3163 } | |
3164 } | |
3165 | |
3166 /* | |
3167 * Clear and free one syntax cluster. | |
3168 */ | |
3169 static void | |
3170 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i) | |
3171 buf_T *buf; | |
3172 int i; | |
3173 { | |
3174 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name); | |
3175 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u); | |
3176 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list); | |
3177 } | |
3178 | |
3179 /* | |
3180 * Handle ":syntax clear" command. | |
3181 */ | |
3182 static void | |
3183 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing) | |
3184 exarg_T *eap; | |
3185 int syncing; | |
3186 { | |
3187 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
3188 char_u *arg_end; | |
3189 int id; | |
3190 | |
3191 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
3192 if (eap->skip) | |
3193 return; | |
3194 | |
3195 /* | |
3196 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename", | |
3197 * because otherwise @group would get deleted. | |
3198 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn | |
3199 * clear". | |
3200 */ | |
3201 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0) | |
3202 return; | |
3203 | |
3204 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) | |
3205 { | |
3206 /* | |
3207 * No argument: Clear all syntax items. | |
3208 */ | |
3209 if (syncing) | |
3210 syntax_sync_clear(); | |
3211 else | |
3212 { | |
3213 syntax_clear(curbuf); | |
3214 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax"); | |
3215 } | |
3216 } | |
3217 else | |
3218 { | |
3219 /* | |
3220 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument. | |
3221 */ | |
3222 while (!ends_excmd(*arg)) | |
3223 { | |
3224 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); | |
3225 if (*arg == '@') | |
3226 { | |
3227 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); | |
3228 if (id == 0) | |
3229 { | |
3230 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); | |
3231 break; | |
3232 } | |
3233 else | |
3234 { | |
3235 /* | |
3236 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing | |
3237 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing | |
3238 * and make it empty. | |
3239 */ | |
3240 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
3241 | |
3242 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list); | |
3243 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL; | |
3244 } | |
3245 } | |
3246 else | |
3247 { | |
3248 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); | |
3249 if (id == 0) | |
3250 { | |
3251 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); | |
3252 break; | |
3253 } | |
3254 else | |
3255 syn_clear_one(id, syncing); | |
3256 } | |
3257 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); | |
3258 } | |
3259 } | |
3260 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
3261 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ | |
3262 } | |
3263 | |
3264 /* | |
3265 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer. | |
3266 */ | |
3267 static void | |
3268 syn_clear_one(id, syncing) | |
3269 int id; | |
3270 int syncing; | |
3271 { | |
3272 synpat_T *spp; | |
3273 int idx; | |
3274 | |
3275 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */ | |
3276 if (!syncing) | |
3277 { | |
3278 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, curbuf->b_keywtab); | |
3279 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, curbuf->b_keywtab_ic); | |
3280 } | |
3281 | |
3282 /* clear the patterns for "id" */ | |
3283 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) | |
3284 { | |
3285 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]); | |
3286 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) | |
3287 continue; | |
3288 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx); | |
3289 } | |
3290 } | |
3291 | |
3292 /* | |
3293 * Handle ":syntax on" command. | |
3294 */ | |
3295 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
3296 static void | |
3297 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing) | |
3298 exarg_T *eap; | |
3299 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
3300 { | |
3301 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); | |
3302 } | |
3303 | |
3304 /* | |
3305 * Handle ":syntax enable" command. | |
3306 */ | |
3307 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
3308 static void | |
3309 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing) | |
3310 exarg_T *eap; | |
3311 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
3312 { | |
3313 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable"); | |
3314 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); | |
3315 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd"); | |
3316 } | |
3317 | |
3318 /* | |
3319 * Handle ":syntax reset" command. | |
3320 */ | |
3321 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
3322 static void | |
3323 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing) | |
3324 exarg_T *eap; | |
3325 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
3326 { | |
3327 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); | |
3328 if (!eap->skip) | |
3329 { | |
3330 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset"); | |
3331 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim"); | |
3332 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd"); | |
3333 } | |
3334 } | |
3335 | |
3336 /* | |
3337 * Handle ":syntax manual" command. | |
3338 */ | |
3339 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
3340 static void | |
3341 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing) | |
3342 exarg_T *eap; | |
3343 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
3344 { | |
3345 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual"); | |
3346 } | |
3347 | |
3348 /* | |
3349 * Handle ":syntax off" command. | |
3350 */ | |
3351 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
3352 static void | |
3353 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing) | |
3354 exarg_T *eap; | |
3355 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
3356 { | |
3357 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax"); | |
3358 } | |
3359 | |
3360 static void | |
3361 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name) | |
3362 exarg_T *eap; | |
3363 char *name; | |
3364 { | |
3365 char_u buf[100]; | |
3366 | |
3367 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); | |
3368 if (!eap->skip) | |
3369 { | |
3370 STRCPY(buf, "so "); | |
3371 sprintf((char *)buf + 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name); | |
3372 do_cmdline_cmd(buf); | |
3373 } | |
3374 } | |
3375 | |
3376 /* | |
3377 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words. | |
3378 */ | |
3379 static void | |
3380 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing) | |
3381 exarg_T *eap; | |
3382 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ | |
3383 { | |
3384 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
3385 int id; | |
3386 char_u *arg_end; | |
3387 | |
3388 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
3389 if (eap->skip) | |
3390 return; | |
3391 | |
3392 if (!syntax_present(curbuf)) | |
3393 { | |
3394 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer")); | |
3395 return; | |
3396 } | |
3397 | |
3398 if (syncing) | |
3399 { | |
3400 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) | |
3401 { | |
3402 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments")); | |
3403 syn_lines_msg(); | |
3404 syn_match_msg(); | |
3405 return; | |
3406 } | |
3407 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)) | |
3408 { | |
3409 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0) | |
3410 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing")); | |
3411 else | |
3412 { | |
3413 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts ")); | |
3414 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines); | |
3415 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); | |
3416 syn_match_msg(); | |
3417 } | |
3418 return; | |
3419 } | |
3420 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---")); | |
3421 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0 | |
3422 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 | |
3423 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) | |
3424 { | |
3425 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items")); | |
3426 syn_lines_msg(); | |
3427 syn_match_msg(); | |
3428 } | |
3429 } | |
3430 else | |
3431 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---")); | |
3432 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) | |
3433 { | |
3434 /* | |
3435 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters. | |
3436 */ | |
3437 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) | |
3438 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE); | |
3439 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) | |
3440 syn_list_cluster(id); | |
3441 } | |
3442 else | |
3443 { | |
3444 /* | |
3445 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument. | |
3446 */ | |
3447 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) | |
3448 { | |
3449 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); | |
3450 if (*arg == '@') | |
3451 { | |
3452 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); | |
3453 if (id == 0) | |
3454 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); | |
3455 else | |
3456 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER); | |
3457 } | |
3458 else | |
3459 { | |
3460 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); | |
3461 if (id == 0) | |
3462 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); | |
3463 else | |
3464 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE); | |
3465 } | |
3466 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); | |
3467 } | |
3468 } | |
3469 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); | |
3470 } | |
3471 | |
3472 static void | |
3473 syn_lines_msg() | |
3474 { | |
3475 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) | |
3476 { | |
3477 MSG_PUTS("; "); | |
3478 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) | |
3479 { | |
3480 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal ")); | |
3481 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines); | |
3482 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) | |
3483 MSG_PUTS(", "); | |
3484 } | |
3485 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0) | |
3486 { | |
3487 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal ")); | |
3488 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines); | |
3489 } | |
3490 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); | |
3491 } | |
3492 } | |
3493 | |
3494 static void | |
3495 syn_match_msg() | |
3496 { | |
3497 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) | |
3498 { | |
3499 MSG_PUTS(_("; match ")); | |
3500 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks); | |
3501 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks")); | |
3502 } | |
3503 } | |
3504 | |
3505 static int last_matchgroup; | |
3506 | |
3507 struct name_list | |
3508 { | |
3509 int flag; | |
3510 char *name; | |
3511 }; | |
3512 | |
3513 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr)); | |
3514 | |
3515 /* | |
3516 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". | |
3517 */ | |
3518 static void | |
3519 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only) | |
3520 int id; | |
3521 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ | |
3522 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */ | |
3523 { | |
3524 int attr; | |
3525 int idx; | |
3526 int did_header = FALSE; | |
3527 synpat_T *spp; | |
3528 static struct name_list namelist1[] = | |
3529 { | |
3530 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"}, | |
3531 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"}, | |
3532 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"}, | |
3533 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"}, | |
3534 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"}, | |
3535 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"}, | |
3536 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"}, | |
3537 {HL_FOLD, "fold"}, | |
3538 {0, NULL} | |
3539 }; | |
3540 static struct name_list namelist2[] = | |
3541 { | |
3542 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"}, | |
3543 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"}, | |
3544 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"}, | |
3545 {0, NULL} | |
3546 }; | |
3547 | |
3548 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */ | |
3549 | |
3550 /* list the keywords for "id" */ | |
3551 if (!syncing) | |
3552 { | |
3553 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr); | |
3554 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, curbuf->b_keywtab_ic, | |
3555 did_header, attr); | |
3556 } | |
3557 | |
3558 /* list the patterns for "id" */ | |
3559 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx) | |
3560 { | |
3561 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]); | |
3562 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) | |
3563 continue; | |
3564 | |
3565 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); | |
3566 did_header = TRUE; | |
3567 last_matchgroup = 0; | |
3568 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) | |
3569 { | |
3570 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr); | |
3571 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3572 } | |
3573 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
3574 { | |
3575 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
3576 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); | |
3577 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) | |
3578 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); | |
3579 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len | |
3580 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END) | |
3581 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); | |
3582 --idx; | |
3583 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3584 } | |
3585 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr); | |
3586 | |
3587 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL) | |
3588 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr); | |
3589 | |
3590 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL) | |
3591 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", | |
3592 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr); | |
3593 | |
3594 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL) | |
3595 { | |
3596 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr); | |
3597 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr); | |
3598 } | |
3599 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) | |
3600 { | |
3601 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) | |
3602 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr); | |
3603 else | |
3604 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr); | |
3605 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3606 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0) | |
3607 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf) | |
3608 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name); | |
3609 else | |
3610 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); | |
3611 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3612 } | |
3613 } | |
3614 | |
3615 /* list the link, if there is one */ | |
3616 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int) | |
3617 { | |
3618 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); | |
3619 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr); | |
3620 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3621 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); | |
3622 } | |
3623 } | |
3624 | |
3625 static void | |
3626 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr) | |
3627 struct name_list *nl; | |
3628 int flags; | |
3629 int attr; | |
3630 { | |
3631 int i; | |
3632 | |
3633 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i) | |
3634 if (flags & nl[i].flag) | |
3635 { | |
3636 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr); | |
3637 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3638 } | |
3639 } | |
3640 | |
3641 /* | |
3642 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". | |
3643 */ | |
3644 static void | |
3645 syn_list_cluster(id) | |
3646 int id; | |
3647 { | |
3648 int endcol = 15; | |
3649 | |
3650 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */ | |
3651 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
3652 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name); | |
3653 | |
3654 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ | |
3655 endcol = msg_col + 1; | |
3656 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ | |
3657 endcol = Columns - 1; | |
3658 | |
3659 msg_advance(endcol); | |
3660 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL) | |
3661 { | |
3662 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list, | |
3663 hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
3664 } | |
3665 else | |
3666 { | |
3667 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
3668 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE"); | |
3669 } | |
3670 } | |
3671 | |
3672 static void | |
3673 put_id_list(name, list, attr) | |
3674 char_u *name; | |
3675 short *list; | |
3676 int attr; | |
3677 { | |
3678 short *p; | |
3679 | |
3680 msg_puts_attr(name, attr); | |
3681 msg_putchar('='); | |
3682 for (p = list; *p; ++p) | |
3683 { | |
3684 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP) | |
3685 { | |
3686 if (p[1]) | |
3687 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT"); | |
3688 else | |
3689 MSG_PUTS("ALL"); | |
3690 } | |
3691 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED) | |
3692 { | |
3693 MSG_PUTS("TOP"); | |
3694 } | |
3695 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
3696 { | |
3697 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED"); | |
3698 } | |
3699 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
3700 { | |
3701 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
3702 | |
3703 msg_putchar('@'); | |
3704 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name); | |
3705 } | |
3706 else | |
3707 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name); | |
3708 if (p[1]) | |
3709 msg_putchar(','); | |
3710 } | |
3711 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3712 } | |
3713 | |
3714 static void | |
3715 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr) | |
3716 char *s; | |
3717 int c; | |
3718 synpat_T *spp; | |
3719 int attr; | |
3720 { | |
3721 long n; | |
3722 int mask; | |
3723 int first; | |
3724 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&"; | |
3725 int i; | |
3726 | |
3727 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */ | |
3728 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id) | |
3729 { | |
3730 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id; | |
3731 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr); | |
3732 msg_putchar('='); | |
3733 if (last_matchgroup == 0) | |
3734 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE"); | |
3735 else | |
3736 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name); | |
3737 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3738 } | |
3739 | |
3740 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */ | |
3741 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr); | |
3742 msg_putchar(c); | |
3743 | |
3744 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */ | |
3745 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; ) | |
3746 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL) | |
3747 { | |
3748 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */ | |
3749 break; | |
3750 } | |
3751 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); | |
3752 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern); | |
3753 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); | |
3754 | |
3755 /* output any pattern options */ | |
3756 first = TRUE; | |
3757 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i) | |
3758 { | |
3759 mask = (1 << i); | |
3760 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT))) | |
3761 { | |
3762 if (!first) | |
3763 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */ | |
3764 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]); | |
3765 n = spp->sp_offsets[i]; | |
3766 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF) | |
3767 { | |
3768 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask) | |
3769 msg_putchar('s'); | |
3770 else | |
3771 msg_putchar('e'); | |
3772 if (n > 0) | |
3773 msg_putchar('+'); | |
3774 } | |
3775 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF) | |
3776 msg_outnum(n); | |
3777 first = FALSE; | |
3778 } | |
3779 } | |
3780 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3781 } | |
3782 | |
3783 /* | |
3784 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group. | |
3785 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed. | |
3786 */ | |
3787 static int | |
3788 syn_list_keywords(id, ktabp, did_header, attr) | |
3789 int id; | |
3790 keyentry_T **ktabp; | |
3791 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */ | |
3792 int attr; | |
3793 { | |
3794 int i; | |
3795 int outlen; | |
3796 keyentry_T *ktab; | |
3797 int prev_contained = 0; | |
3798 short *prev_next_list = NULL; | |
3799 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL; | |
3800 int prev_skipnl = 0; | |
3801 int prev_skipwhite = 0; | |
3802 int prev_skipempty = 0; | |
3803 | |
3804 if (ktabp == NULL) | |
3805 return did_header; | |
3806 | |
3807 /* | |
3808 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on | |
3809 * hash value... | |
3810 */ | |
3811 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i) | |
3812 { | |
3813 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL && !got_int; ktab = ktab->next) | |
3814 { | |
3815 if (ktab->k_syn.id == id) | |
3816 { | |
3817 if (prev_contained != (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED) | |
3818 || prev_skipnl != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL) | |
3819 || prev_skipwhite != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) | |
3820 || prev_skipempty != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) | |
3821 || prev_cont_in_list != ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list | |
3822 || prev_next_list != ktab->next_list) | |
3823 outlen = 9999; | |
3824 else | |
3825 outlen = (int)STRLEN(ktab->keyword); | |
3826 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */ | |
3827 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)) | |
3828 { | |
3829 prev_contained = 0; | |
3830 prev_next_list = NULL; | |
3831 prev_cont_in_list = NULL; | |
3832 prev_skipnl = 0; | |
3833 prev_skipwhite = 0; | |
3834 prev_skipempty = 0; | |
3835 } | |
3836 did_header = TRUE; | |
3837 if (prev_contained != (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED)) | |
3838 { | |
3839 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr); | |
3840 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3841 prev_contained = (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED); | |
3842 } | |
3843 if (ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list) | |
3844 { | |
3845 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", | |
3846 ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr); | |
3847 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3848 prev_cont_in_list = ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list; | |
3849 } | |
3850 if (ktab->next_list != prev_next_list) | |
3851 { | |
3852 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", ktab->next_list, attr); | |
3853 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3854 prev_next_list = ktab->next_list; | |
3855 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL) | |
3856 { | |
3857 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr); | |
3858 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3859 prev_skipnl = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL); | |
3860 } | |
3861 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) | |
3862 { | |
3863 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr); | |
3864 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3865 prev_skipwhite = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE); | |
3866 } | |
3867 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) | |
3868 { | |
3869 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr); | |
3870 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3871 prev_skipempty = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY); | |
3872 } | |
3873 } | |
3874 msg_outtrans(ktab->keyword); | |
3875 } | |
3876 } | |
3877 } | |
3878 | |
3879 return did_header; | |
3880 } | |
3881 | |
3882 static void | |
3883 syn_clear_keyword(id, ktabp) | |
3884 int id; | |
3885 keyentry_T **ktabp; | |
3886 { | |
3887 int i; | |
3888 keyentry_T *ktab; | |
3889 keyentry_T *ktab_prev; | |
3890 keyentry_T *ktab_next; | |
3891 | |
3892 if (ktabp == NULL) /* no keywords present */ | |
3893 return; | |
3894 | |
3895 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i) | |
3896 { | |
3897 ktab_prev = NULL; | |
3898 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL; ) | |
3899 { | |
3900 if (ktab->k_syn.id == id) | |
3901 { | |
3902 ktab_next = ktab->next; | |
3903 if (ktab_prev == NULL) | |
3904 ktabp[i] = ktab_next; | |
3905 else | |
3906 ktab_prev->next = ktab_next; | |
3907 vim_free(ktab); | |
3908 ktab = ktab_next; | |
3909 } | |
3910 else | |
3911 { | |
3912 ktab_prev = ktab; | |
3913 ktab = ktab->next; | |
3914 } | |
3915 } | |
3916 } | |
3917 } | |
3918 | |
3919 /* | |
3920 * Recursive function to free() a branch of a kwordtab. | |
3921 */ | |
3922 static void | |
3923 free_keywtab(ktabp) | |
3924 keyentry_T **ktabp; | |
3925 { | |
3926 int i; | |
3927 keyentry_T *ktab; | |
3928 keyentry_T *ktab_next; | |
3929 | |
3930 if (ktabp != NULL) | |
3931 { | |
3932 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i) | |
3933 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL; ktab = ktab_next) | |
3934 { | |
3935 ktab_next = ktab->next; | |
3936 vim_free(ktab->next_list); | |
3937 vim_free(ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list); | |
3938 vim_free(ktab); | |
3939 } | |
3940 vim_free(ktabp); | |
3941 } | |
3942 } | |
3943 | |
3944 /* | |
3945 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords. | |
3946 */ | |
3947 static void | |
3948 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list) | |
3949 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */ | |
3950 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */ | |
3951 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */ | |
3952 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */ | |
3953 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */ | |
3954 { | |
3955 keyentry_T *ktab; | |
3956 keyentry_T ***ktabpp; | |
3957 int hash; | |
3958 char_u *name_ic = name; | |
3959 | |
3960 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic) | |
3961 { | |
3962 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name)); | |
3963 if (name_ic == NULL) | |
3964 name_ic = name; | |
3965 } | |
3966 ktab = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic))); | |
3967 if (ktab == NULL) | |
3968 return; | |
3969 STRCPY(ktab->keyword, name_ic); | |
3970 if (name_ic != name) | |
3971 vim_free(name_ic); | |
3972 ktab->k_syn.id = id; | |
3973 ktab->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; | |
3974 ktab->flags = flags; | |
3975 ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list); | |
3976 if (cont_in_list != NULL) | |
3977 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; | |
3978 ktab->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list); | |
3979 | |
3980 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic) | |
3981 ktabpp = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic; | |
3982 else | |
3983 ktabpp = &curbuf->b_keywtab; | |
3984 | |
3985 if (*ktabpp == NULL) | |
3986 { | |
3987 *ktabpp = (keyentry_T **)alloc_clear( | |
3988 (int)(sizeof(keyentry_T *) * KHASH_SIZE)); | |
3989 if (*ktabpp == NULL) | |
3990 return; | |
3991 } | |
3992 | |
3993 hash = syn_khash(ktab->keyword); | |
3994 ktab->next = (*ktabpp)[hash]; | |
3995 (*ktabpp)[hash] = ktab; | |
3996 } | |
3997 | |
3998 /* | |
3999 * Compute a hash value for a keyword. Uses the ElfHash algorithm, which is | |
4000 * supposed to have an even distribution (suggested by Charles Campbell). | |
4001 */ | |
4002 static int | |
4003 syn_khash(p) | |
4004 char_u *p; | |
4005 { | |
4006 long_u hash = 0; | |
4007 long_u g; | |
4008 | |
4009 while (*p != NUL) | |
4010 { | |
4011 hash = (hash << 4) + *p++; /* clear low 4 bits of hash, add char */ | |
4012 g = hash & 0xf0000000L; /* g has high 4 bits of hash only */ | |
4013 if (g != 0) | |
4014 hash ^= g >> 24; /* xor g's high 4 bits into hash */ | |
4015 } | |
4016 | |
4017 return (int)(hash & KHASH_MASK); | |
4018 } | |
4019 | |
4020 /* | |
4021 * Get the start and end of the group name argument. | |
4022 * Return a pointer to the first argument. | |
4023 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args. | |
4024 */ | |
4025 static char_u * | |
4026 get_group_name(arg, name_end) | |
4027 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */ | |
4028 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */ | |
4029 { | |
4030 char_u *rest; | |
4031 | |
4032 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg); | |
4033 rest = skipwhite(*name_end); | |
4034 | |
4035 /* | |
4036 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a | |
4037 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL. | |
4038 */ | |
4039 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL) | |
4040 return NULL; | |
4041 return rest; | |
4042 } | |
4043 | |
4044 /* | |
4045 * Check for syntax command option arguments. | |
4046 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks | |
4047 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to | |
4048 * collect all options in between other arguments. | |
4049 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option). | |
4050 * Return NULL for any error; | |
4051 */ | |
4052 static char_u * | |
4053 get_syn_options(arg, flagsp, keyword, sync_idx, cont_list, | |
4054 cont_in_list, next_list) | |
4055 char_u *arg; /* next argument */ | |
4056 int *flagsp; /* flags for contained and transpartent */ | |
4057 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */ | |
4058 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL | |
4059 if not allowed */ | |
4060 short **cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument, NULL if | |
4061 not allowed */ | |
4062 short **cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument, NULL | |
4063 if not allowed */ | |
4064 short **next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */ | |
4065 { | |
4066 int flags; | |
4067 char_u *gname_start, *gname; | |
4068 int syn_id; | |
4069 int len; | |
4070 int i; | |
4071 int fidx; | |
4072 static struct flag | |
4073 { | |
4074 char *name; | |
4075 int len; | |
4076 int val; | |
4077 } flagtab[] = { {"contained", 9, HL_CONTAINED}, | |
4078 {"oneline", 7, HL_ONELINE}, | |
4079 {"keepend", 7, HL_KEEPEND}, | |
4080 {"extend", 6, HL_EXTEND}, | |
4081 {"excludenl", 9, HL_EXCLUDENL}, | |
4082 {"transparent", 11, HL_TRANSP}, | |
4083 {"skipnl", 6, HL_SKIPNL}, | |
4084 {"skipwhite", 9, HL_SKIPWHITE}, | |
4085 {"skipempty", 9, HL_SKIPEMPTY}, | |
4086 {"grouphere", 9, HL_SYNC_HERE}, | |
4087 {"groupthere", 10, HL_SYNC_THERE}, | |
4088 {"display", 7, HL_DISPLAY}, | |
4089 {"fold", 4, HL_FOLD}, | |
4090 }; | |
4091 #define MLEN 12 | |
4092 char lowname[MLEN]; | |
4093 int llen; | |
4094 | |
4095 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */ | |
4096 return NULL; | |
4097 | |
4098 flags = *flagsp; | |
4099 for (;;) | |
4100 { | |
4101 /* STRNICMP() is a bit slow, change arg to lowercase first and use | |
4102 * STRNCMP() */ | |
4103 for (llen = 0; llen < MLEN; ++llen) | |
4104 { | |
4105 if (!isalpha(arg[llen])) | |
4106 break; | |
4107 lowname[llen] = TOLOWER_ASC(arg[llen]); | |
4108 } | |
4109 | |
4110 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; ) | |
4111 { | |
4112 len = flagtab[fidx].len; | |
4113 if (len == llen | |
4114 && STRNCMP(lowname, flagtab[fidx].name, len) == 0 | |
4115 && (ends_excmd(arg[len]) || vim_iswhite(arg[len]))) | |
4116 { | |
4117 if (keyword | |
4118 && (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_DISPLAY | |
4119 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_FOLD | |
4120 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_EXTEND)) | |
4121 { | |
4122 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */ | |
4123 fidx = -1; | |
4124 break; | |
4125 } | |
4126 | |
4127 flags |= flagtab[fidx].val; | |
4128 arg = skipwhite(arg + len); | |
4129 | |
4130 if (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_SYNC_HERE | |
4131 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_SYNC_THERE) | |
4132 { | |
4133 if (sync_idx == NULL) | |
4134 { | |
4135 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here")); | |
4136 return NULL; | |
4137 } | |
4138 gname_start = arg; | |
4139 arg = skiptowhite(arg); | |
4140 if (gname_start == arg) | |
4141 return NULL; | |
4142 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start)); | |
4143 if (gname == NULL) | |
4144 return NULL; | |
4145 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0) | |
4146 *sync_idx = NONE_IDX; | |
4147 else | |
4148 { | |
4149 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname); | |
4150 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
4151 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id | |
4152 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
4153 { | |
4154 *sync_idx = i; | |
4155 break; | |
4156 } | |
4157 if (i < 0) | |
4158 { | |
4159 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname); | |
4160 vim_free(gname); | |
4161 return NULL; | |
4162 } | |
4163 } | |
4164 | |
4165 vim_free(gname); | |
4166 arg = skipwhite(arg); | |
4167 } | |
4168 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
4169 else if (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_FOLD | |
4170 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin)) | |
4171 { | |
4172 /* Need to update folds later. */ | |
4173 foldUpdateAll(curwin); | |
4174 } | |
4175 #endif | |
4176 break; | |
4177 } | |
4178 } | |
4179 if (fidx >= 0) | |
4180 continue; | |
4181 | |
4182 if (llen == 8 && STRNCMP(lowname, "contains", 8) == 0 | |
4183 && (vim_iswhite(arg[8]) || arg[8] == '=')) | |
4184 { | |
4185 if (cont_list == NULL) | |
4186 { | |
4187 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here")); | |
4188 return NULL; | |
4189 } | |
4190 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, cont_list) == FAIL) | |
4191 return NULL; | |
4192 } | |
4193 else if (llen == 11 && STRNCMP(lowname, "containedin", 11) == 0 | |
4194 && (vim_iswhite(arg[11]) || arg[11] == '=')) | |
4195 { | |
4196 if (cont_in_list == NULL) | |
4197 { | |
4198 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here")); | |
4199 return NULL; | |
4200 } | |
4201 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, cont_in_list) == FAIL) | |
4202 return NULL; | |
4203 } | |
4204 else if (llen == 9 && STRNCMP(lowname, "nextgroup", 9) == 0 | |
4205 && (vim_iswhite(arg[9]) || arg[9] == '=')) | |
4206 { | |
4207 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, next_list) == FAIL) | |
4208 return NULL; | |
4209 } | |
4210 else | |
4211 break; | |
4212 } | |
4213 | |
4214 *flagsp = flags; | |
4215 | |
4216 return arg; | |
4217 } | |
4218 | |
4219 /* | |
4220 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file. | |
4221 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it | |
4222 * to the specified top-level group, if any. | |
4223 */ | |
4224 static void | |
4225 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp) | |
4226 int id; | |
4227 int *flagsp; | |
4228 { | |
4229 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0) | |
4230 return; | |
4231 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED; | |
4232 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
4233 { | |
4234 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */ | |
4235 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short))); | |
4236 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
4237 | |
4238 if (grp_list != NULL) | |
4239 { | |
4240 grp_list[0] = id; | |
4241 grp_list[1] = 0; | |
4242 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list, | |
4243 CLUSTER_ADD); | |
4244 } | |
4245 } | |
4246 } | |
4247 | |
4248 /* | |
4249 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command. | |
4250 */ | |
4251 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
4252 static void | |
4253 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing) | |
4254 exarg_T *eap; | |
4255 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
4256 { | |
4257 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
4258 int sgl_id = 1; | |
4259 char_u *group_name_end; | |
4260 char_u *rest; | |
4261 char_u *errormsg = NULL; | |
4262 int prev_toplvl_grp; | |
4263 int prev_syn_inc_tag; | |
4264 int source = FALSE; | |
4265 | |
4266 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
4267 if (eap->skip) | |
4268 return; | |
4269 | |
4270 if (arg[0] == '@') | |
4271 { | |
4272 ++arg; | |
4273 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
4274 if (rest == NULL) | |
4275 { | |
4276 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required")); | |
4277 return; | |
4278 } | |
4279 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); | |
4280 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */ | |
4281 eap->arg = rest; | |
4282 } | |
4283 | |
4284 /* | |
4285 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the | |
4286 * filename to include. | |
4287 */ | |
4288 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC); | |
4289 separate_nextcmd(eap); | |
4290 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg)) | |
4291 { | |
4292 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the | |
4293 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases | |
4294 * ":runtime!" is used. */ | |
4295 source = TRUE; | |
4296 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL) | |
4297 { | |
4298 if (errormsg != NULL) | |
4299 EMSG(errormsg); | |
4300 return; | |
4301 } | |
4302 } | |
4303 | |
4304 /* | |
4305 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn | |
4306 * include" tag around the actual inclusion. | |
4307 */ | |
4308 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; | |
4309 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag; | |
4310 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp; | |
4311 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id; | |
4312 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL | |
4313 : cmd_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
4314 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg); | |
4315 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp; | |
4316 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag; | |
4317 } | |
4318 | |
4319 /* | |
4320 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command. | |
4321 */ | |
4322 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
4323 static void | |
4324 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing) | |
4325 exarg_T *eap; | |
4326 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
4327 { | |
4328 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
4329 char_u *group_name_end; | |
4330 int syn_id; | |
4331 char_u *rest; | |
4332 char_u *keyword_copy; | |
4333 char_u *p; | |
4334 char_u *first_arg; | |
4335 int round; | |
4336 int flags = 0; | |
4337 short *next_list = NULL; | |
4338 short *cont_in_list = NULL; | |
4339 | |
4340 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
4341 | |
4342 if (rest != NULL) | |
4343 { | |
4344 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); | |
4345 | |
4346 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */ | |
4347 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1); | |
4348 if (keyword_copy != NULL) | |
4349 { | |
4350 /* | |
4351 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be | |
4352 * found before keywords can be created. | |
4353 * round 1: collect the options. | |
4354 * round 2: create the keywords. | |
4355 */ | |
4356 first_arg = rest; | |
4357 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
4358 { | |
4359 /* | |
4360 * Isolate each keyword and add an entry for it. | |
4361 */ | |
4362 for (rest = first_arg; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); | |
4363 rest = skipwhite(rest)) | |
4364 { | |
4365 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, TRUE, NULL, | |
4366 NULL, &cont_in_list, &next_list); | |
4367 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) | |
4368 break; | |
4369 p = keyword_copy; | |
4370 while (*rest != 0 && !vim_iswhite(*rest)) | |
4371 { | |
4372 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL) | |
4373 ++rest; | |
4374 *p++ = *rest++; | |
4375 } | |
4376 *p = NUL; | |
4377 if (round == 2 && !eap->skip) | |
4378 { | |
4379 for (p = vim_strchr(keyword_copy, '['); ; ) | |
4380 { | |
4381 if (p != NULL) | |
4382 *p = NUL; | |
4383 add_keyword(keyword_copy, syn_id, flags, | |
4384 cont_in_list, next_list); | |
4385 if (p == NULL || p[1] == NUL || p[1] == ']') | |
4386 break; | |
4387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4388 if (has_mbyte) | |
4389 { | |
4390 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + 1); | |
4391 | |
4392 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l); | |
4393 p += l; | |
4394 } | |
4395 else | |
4396 #endif | |
4397 { | |
4398 p[0] = p[1]; | |
4399 ++p; | |
4400 } | |
4401 } | |
4402 } | |
4403 } | |
4404 if (round == 1) | |
4405 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags); | |
4406 } | |
4407 vim_free(keyword_copy); | |
4408 } | |
4409 } | |
4410 | |
4411 if (rest != NULL) | |
4412 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); | |
4413 else | |
4414 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
4415 | |
4416 vim_free(cont_in_list); | |
4417 vim_free(next_list); | |
4418 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
4419 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ | |
4420 } | |
4421 | |
4422 /* | |
4423 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]". | |
4424 * | |
4425 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .." | |
4426 */ | |
4427 static void | |
4428 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing) | |
4429 exarg_T *eap; | |
4430 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */ | |
4431 { | |
4432 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
4433 char_u *group_name_end; | |
4434 char_u *rest; | |
4435 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */ | |
4436 int syn_id; | |
4437 int idx; | |
4438 int flags = 0; | |
4439 int sync_idx = 0; | |
4440 short *cont_list = NULL; | |
4441 short *cont_in_list = NULL; | |
4442 short *next_list = NULL; | |
4443 | |
4444 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ | |
4445 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
4446 | |
4447 /* Get options before the pattern */ | |
4448 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE, | |
4449 syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL, &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list); | |
4450 | |
4451 /* get the pattern. */ | |
4452 init_syn_patterns(); | |
4453 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item)); | |
4454 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item); | |
4455 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) | |
4456 flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; | |
4457 | |
4458 /* Get options after the pattern */ | |
4459 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE, | |
4460 syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL, &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list); | |
4461 | |
4462 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */ | |
4463 { | |
4464 /* | |
4465 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments. | |
4466 */ | |
4467 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); | |
4468 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) | |
4469 rest = NULL; | |
4470 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL | |
4471 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, | |
4472 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) | |
4473 { | |
4474 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags); | |
4475 /* | |
4476 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list | |
4477 */ | |
4478 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
4479 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item; | |
4480 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; | |
4481 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH; | |
4482 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; | |
4483 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; | |
4484 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = flags; | |
4485 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx; | |
4486 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = cont_list; | |
4487 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = cont_in_list; | |
4488 if (cont_in_list != NULL) | |
4489 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; | |
4490 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = next_list; | |
4491 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
4492 --curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room; | |
4493 | |
4494 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */ | |
4495 if (flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) | |
4496 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH; | |
4497 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
4498 if (flags & HL_FOLD) | |
4499 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems; | |
4500 #endif | |
4501 | |
4502 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
4503 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ | |
4504 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ | |
4505 } | |
4506 } | |
4507 | |
4508 /* | |
4509 * Something failed, free the allocated memory. | |
4510 */ | |
4511 vim_free(item.sp_prog); | |
4512 vim_free(item.sp_pattern); | |
4513 vim_free(cont_list); | |
4514 vim_free(cont_in_list); | |
4515 vim_free(next_list); | |
4516 | |
4517 if (rest == NULL) | |
4518 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
4519 } | |
4520 | |
4521 /* | |
4522 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}] | |
4523 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]". | |
4524 */ | |
4525 static void | |
4526 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing) | |
4527 exarg_T *eap; | |
4528 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */ | |
4529 { | |
4530 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
4531 char_u *group_name_end; | |
4532 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */ | |
4533 char_u *key_end; | |
4534 char_u *key = NULL; | |
4535 char_u *p; | |
4536 int item; | |
4537 #define ITEM_START 0 | |
4538 #define ITEM_SKIP 1 | |
4539 #define ITEM_END 2 | |
4540 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3 | |
4541 struct pat_ptr | |
4542 { | |
4543 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */ | |
4544 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */ | |
4545 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */ | |
4546 } *(pat_ptrs[3]); | |
4547 /* patterns found in the line */ | |
4548 struct pat_ptr *ppp; | |
4549 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next; | |
4550 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */ | |
4551 int syn_id; | |
4552 int matchgroup_id = 0; | |
4553 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */ | |
4554 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */ | |
4555 int success = FALSE; | |
4556 int idx; | |
4557 int flags = 0; | |
4558 short *cont_list = NULL; | |
4559 short *cont_in_list = NULL; | |
4560 short *next_list = NULL; | |
4561 | |
4562 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ | |
4563 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
4564 | |
4565 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL; | |
4566 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL; | |
4567 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL; | |
4568 | |
4569 init_syn_patterns(); | |
4570 | |
4571 /* | |
4572 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup. | |
4573 */ | |
4574 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest)) | |
4575 { | |
4576 /* Check for option arguments */ | |
4577 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE, NULL, | |
4578 &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list); | |
4579 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) | |
4580 break; | |
4581 | |
4582 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */ | |
4583 key_end = rest; | |
4584 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=') | |
4585 ++key_end; | |
4586 vim_free(key); | |
4587 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest)); | |
4588 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
4589 { | |
4590 rest = NULL; | |
4591 break; | |
4592 } | |
4593 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0) | |
4594 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP; | |
4595 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0) | |
4596 item = ITEM_START; | |
4597 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0) | |
4598 item = ITEM_END; | |
4599 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0) | |
4600 { | |
4601 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */ | |
4602 { | |
4603 illegal = TRUE; | |
4604 break; | |
4605 } | |
4606 item = ITEM_SKIP; | |
4607 } | |
4608 else | |
4609 break; | |
4610 rest = skipwhite(key_end); | |
4611 if (*rest != '=') | |
4612 { | |
4613 rest = NULL; | |
4614 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg); | |
4615 break; | |
4616 } | |
4617 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1); | |
4618 if (*rest == NUL) | |
4619 { | |
4620 not_enough = TRUE; | |
4621 break; | |
4622 } | |
4623 | |
4624 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP) | |
4625 { | |
4626 p = skiptowhite(rest); | |
4627 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip) | |
4628 matchgroup_id = 0; | |
4629 else | |
4630 { | |
4631 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest)); | |
4632 if (matchgroup_id == 0) | |
4633 { | |
4634 illegal = TRUE; | |
4635 break; | |
4636 } | |
4637 } | |
4638 rest = skipwhite(p); | |
4639 } | |
4640 else | |
4641 { | |
4642 /* | |
4643 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of | |
4644 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is | |
4645 * used from end to start). | |
4646 */ | |
4647 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr)); | |
4648 if (ppp == NULL) | |
4649 { | |
4650 rest = NULL; | |
4651 break; | |
4652 } | |
4653 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item]; | |
4654 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp; | |
4655 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T)); | |
4656 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL) | |
4657 { | |
4658 rest = NULL; | |
4659 break; | |
4660 } | |
4661 | |
4662 /* | |
4663 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s). | |
4664 */ | |
4665 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */ | |
4666 if (item == ITEM_START) | |
4667 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET; | |
4668 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END) | |
4669 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE; | |
4670 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp); | |
4671 reg_do_extmatch = 0; | |
4672 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol() | |
4673 && !(flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) | |
4674 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; | |
4675 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id; | |
4676 ++pat_count; | |
4677 } | |
4678 } | |
4679 vim_free(key); | |
4680 if (illegal || not_enough) | |
4681 rest = NULL; | |
4682 | |
4683 /* | |
4684 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern. | |
4685 */ | |
4686 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL || | |
4687 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL)) | |
4688 { | |
4689 not_enough = TRUE; | |
4690 rest = NULL; | |
4691 } | |
4692 | |
4693 if (rest != NULL) | |
4694 { | |
4695 /* | |
4696 * Check for trailing garbage or command. | |
4697 * If OK, add the item. | |
4698 */ | |
4699 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); | |
4700 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) | |
4701 rest = NULL; | |
4702 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL | |
4703 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, | |
4704 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) | |
4705 { | |
4706 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags); | |
4707 /* | |
4708 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list | |
4709 */ | |
4710 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
4711 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) | |
4712 { | |
4713 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next) | |
4714 { | |
4715 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp); | |
4716 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; | |
4717 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = | |
4718 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START : | |
4719 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END; | |
4720 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= flags; | |
4721 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; | |
4722 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; | |
4723 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id = | |
4724 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id; | |
4725 if (item == ITEM_START) | |
4726 { | |
4727 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = cont_list; | |
4728 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = | |
4729 cont_in_list; | |
4730 if (cont_in_list != NULL) | |
4731 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; | |
4732 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = next_list; | |
4733 } | |
4734 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
4735 --curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room; | |
4736 ++idx; | |
4737 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
4738 if (flags & HL_FOLD) | |
4739 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems; | |
4740 #endif | |
4741 } | |
4742 } | |
4743 | |
4744 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
4745 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ | |
4746 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ | |
4747 } | |
4748 } | |
4749 | |
4750 /* | |
4751 * Free the allocated memory. | |
4752 */ | |
4753 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) | |
4754 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next) | |
4755 { | |
4756 if (!success) | |
4757 { | |
4758 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog); | |
4759 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern); | |
4760 } | |
4761 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp); | |
4762 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next; | |
4763 vim_free(ppp); | |
4764 } | |
4765 | |
4766 if (!success) | |
4767 { | |
4768 vim_free(cont_list); | |
4769 vim_free(cont_in_list); | |
4770 vim_free(next_list); | |
4771 if (not_enough) | |
4772 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg); | |
4773 else if (illegal || rest == NULL) | |
4774 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
4775 } | |
4776 } | |
4777 | |
4778 /* | |
4779 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort() | |
4780 */ | |
4781 static int | |
4782 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
4783 _RTLENTRYF | |
4784 #endif | |
4785 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2) | |
4786 const void *v1; | |
4787 const void *v2; | |
4788 { | |
4789 const short *s1 = v1; | |
4790 const short *s2 = v2; | |
4791 | |
4792 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0); | |
4793 } | |
4794 | |
4795 /* | |
4796 * Combines lists of syntax clusters. | |
4797 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed. | |
4798 */ | |
4799 static void | |
4800 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op) | |
4801 short **clstr1; | |
4802 short **clstr2; | |
4803 int list_op; | |
4804 { | |
4805 int count1 = 0; | |
4806 int count2 = 0; | |
4807 short *g1; | |
4808 short *g2; | |
4809 short *clstr = NULL; | |
4810 int count; | |
4811 int round; | |
4812 | |
4813 /* | |
4814 * Handle degenerate cases. | |
4815 */ | |
4816 if (*clstr2 == NULL) | |
4817 return; | |
4818 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) | |
4819 { | |
4820 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) | |
4821 vim_free(*clstr1); | |
4822 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) | |
4823 *clstr1 = *clstr2; | |
4824 else | |
4825 vim_free(*clstr2); | |
4826 return; | |
4827 } | |
4828 | |
4829 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++) | |
4830 ++count1; | |
4831 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++) | |
4832 ++count2; | |
4833 | |
4834 /* | |
4835 * For speed purposes, sort both lists. | |
4836 */ | |
4837 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); | |
4838 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); | |
4839 | |
4840 /* | |
4841 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place | |
4842 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new | |
4843 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller | |
4844 * of the current elements in each list to the new list. | |
4845 */ | |
4846 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++) | |
4847 { | |
4848 g1 = *clstr1; | |
4849 g2 = *clstr2; | |
4850 count = 0; | |
4851 | |
4852 /* | |
4853 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty. | |
4854 */ | |
4855 while (*g1 && *g2) | |
4856 { | |
4857 /* | |
4858 * We always want to add from the first list. | |
4859 */ | |
4860 if (*g1 < *g2) | |
4861 { | |
4862 if (round == 2) | |
4863 clstr[count] = *g1; | |
4864 count++; | |
4865 g1++; | |
4866 continue; | |
4867 } | |
4868 /* | |
4869 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the | |
4870 * lists. | |
4871 */ | |
4872 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) | |
4873 { | |
4874 if (round == 2) | |
4875 clstr[count] = *g2; | |
4876 count++; | |
4877 } | |
4878 if (*g1 == *g2) | |
4879 g1++; | |
4880 g2++; | |
4881 } | |
4882 | |
4883 /* | |
4884 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished | |
4885 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if | |
4886 * we're adding the lists. | |
4887 */ | |
4888 for (; *g1; g1++, count++) | |
4889 if (round == 2) | |
4890 clstr[count] = *g1; | |
4891 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) | |
4892 for (; *g2; g2++, count++) | |
4893 if (round == 2) | |
4894 clstr[count] = *g2; | |
4895 | |
4896 if (round == 1) | |
4897 { | |
4898 /* | |
4899 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any | |
4900 * space for it. | |
4901 */ | |
4902 if (count == 0) | |
4903 { | |
4904 clstr = NULL; | |
4905 break; | |
4906 } | |
4907 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); | |
4908 if (clstr == NULL) | |
4909 break; | |
4910 clstr[count] = 0; | |
4911 } | |
4912 } | |
4913 | |
4914 /* | |
4915 * Finally, put the new list in place. | |
4916 */ | |
4917 vim_free(*clstr1); | |
4918 vim_free(*clstr2); | |
4919 *clstr1 = clstr; | |
4920 } | |
4921 | |
4922 /* | |
4923 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID. | |
4924 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. | |
4925 */ | |
4926 static int | |
4927 syn_scl_name2id(name) | |
4928 char_u *name; | |
4929 { | |
4930 int i; | |
4931 char_u *name_u; | |
4932 | |
4933 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ | |
4934 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); | |
4935 if (name_u == NULL) | |
4936 return 0; | |
4937 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
4938 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL | |
4939 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0) | |
4940 break; | |
4941 vim_free(name_u); | |
4942 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER); | |
4943 } | |
4944 | |
4945 /* | |
4946 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. | |
4947 */ | |
4948 static int | |
4949 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len) | |
4950 char_u *linep; | |
4951 int len; | |
4952 { | |
4953 char_u *name; | |
4954 int id = 0; | |
4955 | |
4956 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); | |
4957 if (name != NULL) | |
4958 { | |
4959 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); | |
4960 vim_free(name); | |
4961 } | |
4962 return id; | |
4963 } | |
4964 | |
4965 /* | |
4966 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID. | |
4967 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. | |
4968 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. | |
4969 * Return 0 for failure. | |
4970 */ | |
4971 static int | |
4972 syn_check_cluster(pp, len) | |
4973 char_u *pp; | |
4974 int len; | |
4975 { | |
4976 int id; | |
4977 char_u *name; | |
4978 | |
4979 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); | |
4980 if (name == NULL) | |
4981 return 0; | |
4982 | |
4983 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); | |
4984 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ | |
4985 id = syn_add_cluster(name); | |
4986 else | |
4987 vim_free(name); | |
4988 return id; | |
4989 } | |
4990 | |
4991 /* | |
4992 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID. | |
4993 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. | |
4994 * Return 0 for failure. | |
4995 */ | |
4996 static int | |
4997 syn_add_cluster(name) | |
4998 char_u *name; | |
4999 { | |
5000 int len; | |
5001 | |
5002 /* | |
5003 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. | |
5004 */ | |
5005 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL) | |
5006 { | |
5007 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct syn_cluster); | |
5008 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10; | |
5009 } | |
5010 | |
5011 /* | |
5012 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry. | |
5013 */ | |
5014 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL) | |
5015 { | |
5016 vim_free(name); | |
5017 return 0; | |
5018 } | |
5019 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; | |
5020 | |
5021 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(struct syn_cluster)); | |
5022 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name; | |
5023 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); | |
5024 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL; | |
5025 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; | |
5026 --curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_room; | |
5027 | |
5028 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
5029 } | |
5030 | |
5031 /* | |
5032 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..] | |
5033 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]". | |
5034 */ | |
5035 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
5036 static void | |
5037 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing) | |
5038 exarg_T *eap; | |
5039 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
5040 { | |
5041 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
5042 char_u *group_name_end; | |
5043 char_u *rest; | |
5044 int scl_id; | |
5045 short *clstr_list; | |
5046 int got_clstr = FALSE; | |
5047 int opt_len; | |
5048 int list_op; | |
5049 | |
5050 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
5051 if (eap->skip) | |
5052 return; | |
5053 | |
5054 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
5055 | |
5056 if (rest != NULL) | |
5057 { | |
5058 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)) | |
5059 - SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
5060 | |
5061 for (;;) | |
5062 { | |
5063 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0 | |
5064 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '=')) | |
5065 { | |
5066 opt_len = 3; | |
5067 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD; | |
5068 } | |
5069 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0 | |
5070 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '=')) | |
5071 { | |
5072 opt_len = 6; | |
5073 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT; | |
5074 } | |
5075 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0 | |
5076 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '=')) | |
5077 { | |
5078 opt_len = 8; | |
5079 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE; | |
5080 } | |
5081 else | |
5082 break; | |
5083 | |
5084 clstr_list = NULL; | |
5085 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL) | |
5086 { | |
5087 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest); | |
5088 break; | |
5089 } | |
5090 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list, | |
5091 &clstr_list, list_op); | |
5092 got_clstr = TRUE; | |
5093 } | |
5094 | |
5095 if (got_clstr) | |
5096 { | |
5097 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
5098 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ | |
5099 } | |
5100 } | |
5101 | |
5102 if (!got_clstr) | |
5103 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified")); | |
5104 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest)) | |
5105 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
5106 } | |
5107 | |
5108 /* | |
5109 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array. | |
5110 */ | |
5111 static void | |
5112 init_syn_patterns() | |
5113 { | |
5114 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T); | |
5115 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10; | |
5116 } | |
5117 | |
5118 /* | |
5119 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command. | |
5120 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T. | |
5121 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error. | |
5122 */ | |
5123 static char_u * | |
5124 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci) | |
5125 char_u *arg; | |
5126 synpat_T *ci; | |
5127 { | |
5128 char_u *end; | |
5129 int *p; | |
5130 int idx; | |
5131 char_u *cpo_save; | |
5132 | |
5133 /* need at least three chars */ | |
5134 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL) | |
5135 return NULL; | |
5136 | |
5137 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL); | |
5138 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */ | |
5139 { | |
5140 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg); | |
5141 return NULL; | |
5142 } | |
5143 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ | |
5144 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL) | |
5145 return NULL; | |
5146 | |
5147 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ | |
5148 cpo_save = p_cpo; | |
5149 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; | |
5150 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC); | |
5151 p_cpo = cpo_save; | |
5152 | |
5153 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL) | |
5154 return NULL; | |
5155 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic; | |
5156 | |
5157 /* | |
5158 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset. | |
5159 */ | |
5160 ++end; | |
5161 do | |
5162 { | |
5163 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; ) | |
5164 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0) | |
5165 break; | |
5166 if (idx >= 0) | |
5167 { | |
5168 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]); | |
5169 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF) | |
5170 switch (end[3]) | |
5171 { | |
5172 case 's': break; | |
5173 case 'b': break; | |
5174 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break; | |
5175 default: idx = -1; break; | |
5176 } | |
5177 if (idx >= 0) | |
5178 { | |
5179 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx); | |
5180 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */ | |
5181 { | |
5182 end += 3; | |
5183 *p = getdigits(&end); | |
5184 | |
5185 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */ | |
5186 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF))) | |
5187 { | |
5188 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF); | |
5189 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p; | |
5190 } | |
5191 } | |
5192 else /* yy=x+99 */ | |
5193 { | |
5194 end += 4; | |
5195 if (*end == '+') | |
5196 { | |
5197 ++end; | |
5198 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */ | |
5199 } | |
5200 else if (*end == '-') | |
5201 { | |
5202 ++end; | |
5203 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */ | |
5204 } | |
5205 } | |
5206 if (*end != ',') | |
5207 break; | |
5208 ++end; | |
5209 } | |
5210 } | |
5211 } while (idx >= 0); | |
5212 | |
5213 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end)) | |
5214 { | |
5215 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg); | |
5216 return NULL; | |
5217 } | |
5218 return skipwhite(end); | |
5219 } | |
5220 | |
5221 /* | |
5222 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command. | |
5223 */ | |
5224 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
5225 static void | |
5226 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing) | |
5227 exarg_T *eap; | |
5228 int syncing; /* not used */ | |
5229 { | |
5230 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg; | |
5231 char_u *arg_end; | |
5232 char_u *key = NULL; | |
5233 char_u *next_arg; | |
5234 int illegal = FALSE; | |
5235 int finished = FALSE; | |
5236 long n; | |
5237 char_u *cpo_save; | |
5238 | |
5239 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start)) | |
5240 { | |
5241 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE); | |
5242 return; | |
5243 } | |
5244 | |
5245 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start)) | |
5246 { | |
5247 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start); | |
5248 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); | |
5249 vim_free(key); | |
5250 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start)); | |
5251 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0) | |
5252 { | |
5253 if (!eap->skip) | |
5254 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT; | |
5255 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg)) | |
5256 { | |
5257 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg); | |
5258 if (!eap->skip) | |
5259 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg, | |
5260 (int)(arg_end - next_arg)); | |
5261 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); | |
5262 } | |
5263 else if (!eap->skip) | |
5264 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment"); | |
5265 } | |
5266 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0 | |
5267 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0 | |
5268 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0 | |
5269 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0) | |
5270 { | |
5271 if (key[4] == 'S') | |
5272 arg_end = key + 6; | |
5273 else if (key[0] == 'L') | |
5274 arg_end = key + 11; | |
5275 else | |
5276 arg_end = key + 9; | |
5277 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end)) | |
5278 { | |
5279 illegal = TRUE; | |
5280 break; | |
5281 } | |
5282 n = getdigits(&arg_end); | |
5283 if (!eap->skip) | |
5284 { | |
5285 if (key[4] == 'B') | |
5286 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n; | |
5287 else if (key[1] == 'A') | |
5288 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n; | |
5289 else | |
5290 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n; | |
5291 } | |
5292 } | |
5293 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0) | |
5294 { | |
5295 if (!eap->skip) | |
5296 { | |
5297 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM; | |
5298 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; | |
5299 } | |
5300 } | |
5301 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0) | |
5302 { | |
5303 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL) | |
5304 { | |
5305 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice")); | |
5306 finished = TRUE; | |
5307 break; | |
5308 } | |
5309 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL); | |
5310 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */ | |
5311 { | |
5312 illegal = TRUE; | |
5313 break; | |
5314 } | |
5315 | |
5316 if (!eap->skip) | |
5317 { | |
5318 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ | |
5319 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1, | |
5320 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL) | |
5321 { | |
5322 finished = TRUE; | |
5323 break; | |
5324 } | |
5325 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic; | |
5326 | |
5327 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ | |
5328 cpo_save = p_cpo; | |
5329 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; | |
5330 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = | |
5331 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
5332 p_cpo = cpo_save; | |
5333 | |
5334 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL) | |
5335 { | |
5336 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat); | |
5337 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; | |
5338 finished = TRUE; | |
5339 break; | |
5340 } | |
5341 } | |
5342 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1); | |
5343 } | |
5344 else | |
5345 { | |
5346 eap->arg = next_arg; | |
5347 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0) | |
5348 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE); | |
5349 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0) | |
5350 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE); | |
5351 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0) | |
5352 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE); | |
5353 else | |
5354 illegal = TRUE; | |
5355 finished = TRUE; | |
5356 break; | |
5357 } | |
5358 arg_start = next_arg; | |
5359 } | |
5360 vim_free(key); | |
5361 if (illegal) | |
5362 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start); | |
5363 else if (!finished) | |
5364 { | |
5365 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start); | |
5366 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
5367 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ | |
5368 } | |
5369 } | |
5370 | |
5371 /* | |
5372 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers. | |
5373 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword. | |
5374 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name. | |
5375 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added). | |
5376 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success. | |
5377 */ | |
5378 static int | |
5379 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list) | |
5380 char_u **arg; | |
5381 int keylen; /* length of keyword */ | |
5382 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not | |
5383 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */ | |
5384 { | |
5385 char_u *p = NULL; | |
5386 char_u *end; | |
5387 int round; | |
5388 int count; | |
5389 int total_count = 0; | |
5390 short *retval = NULL; | |
5391 char_u *name; | |
5392 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
5393 int id; | |
5394 int i; | |
5395 int failed = FALSE; | |
5396 | |
5397 /* | |
5398 * We parse the list twice: | |
5399 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array. | |
5400 * round == 2: fill the array with the items. | |
5401 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to | |
5402 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again. | |
5403 */ | |
5404 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
5405 { | |
5406 /* | |
5407 * skip "contains" | |
5408 */ | |
5409 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen); | |
5410 if (*p != '=') | |
5411 { | |
5412 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg); | |
5413 break; | |
5414 } | |
5415 p = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
5416 if (ends_excmd(*p)) | |
5417 { | |
5418 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg); | |
5419 break; | |
5420 } | |
5421 | |
5422 /* | |
5423 * parse the arguments after "contains" | |
5424 */ | |
5425 count = 0; | |
5426 while (!ends_excmd(*p)) | |
5427 { | |
5428 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end) | |
5429 ; | |
5430 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */ | |
5431 if (name == NULL) | |
5432 { | |
5433 failed = TRUE; | |
5434 break; | |
5435 } | |
5436 STRNCPY(name + 1, p, end - p); | |
5437 name[end - p + 1] = NUL; | |
5438 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0 | |
5439 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0 | |
5440 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0 | |
5441 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0) | |
5442 { | |
5443 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C') | |
5444 { | |
5445 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1); | |
5446 failed = TRUE; | |
5447 vim_free(name); | |
5448 break; | |
5449 } | |
5450 if (count != 0) | |
5451 { | |
5452 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1); | |
5453 failed = TRUE; | |
5454 vim_free(name); | |
5455 break; | |
5456 } | |
5457 if (name[1] == 'A') | |
5458 id = SYNID_ALLBUT; | |
5459 else if (name[1] == 'T') | |
5460 id = SYNID_TOP; | |
5461 else | |
5462 id = SYNID_CONTAINED; | |
5463 id += current_syn_inc_tag; | |
5464 } | |
5465 else if (name[1] == '@') | |
5466 { | |
5467 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1)); | |
5468 } | |
5469 else | |
5470 { | |
5471 /* | |
5472 * Handle full group name. | |
5473 */ | |
5474 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL) | |
5475 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p)); | |
5476 else | |
5477 { | |
5478 /* | |
5479 * Handle match of regexp with group names. | |
5480 */ | |
5481 *name = '^'; | |
5482 STRCAT(name, "$"); | |
5483 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC); | |
5484 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
5485 { | |
5486 failed = TRUE; | |
5487 vim_free(name); | |
5488 break; | |
5489 } | |
5490 | |
5491 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; | |
5492 id = 0; | |
5493 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
5494 { | |
5495 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name, | |
5496 (colnr_T)0)) | |
5497 { | |
5498 if (round == 2) | |
5499 { | |
5500 /* Got more items than expected; can happen | |
5501 * when adding items that match: | |
5502 * "contains=a.*b,axb". | |
5503 * Go back to first round */ | |
5504 if (count >= total_count) | |
5505 { | |
5506 vim_free(retval); | |
5507 round = 1; | |
5508 } | |
5509 else | |
5510 retval[count] = i + 1; | |
5511 } | |
5512 ++count; | |
5513 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */ | |
5514 } | |
5515 } | |
5516 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
5517 } | |
5518 } | |
5519 vim_free(name); | |
5520 if (id == 0) | |
5521 { | |
5522 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p); | |
5523 failed = TRUE; | |
5524 break; | |
5525 } | |
5526 if (id > 0) | |
5527 { | |
5528 if (round == 2) | |
5529 { | |
5530 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */ | |
5531 if (count >= total_count) | |
5532 { | |
5533 vim_free(retval); | |
5534 round = 1; | |
5535 } | |
5536 else | |
5537 retval[count] = id; | |
5538 } | |
5539 ++count; | |
5540 } | |
5541 p = skipwhite(end); | |
5542 if (*p != ',') | |
5543 break; | |
5544 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */ | |
5545 } | |
5546 if (failed) | |
5547 break; | |
5548 if (round == 1) | |
5549 { | |
5550 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); | |
5551 if (retval == NULL) | |
5552 break; | |
5553 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */ | |
5554 total_count = count; | |
5555 } | |
5556 } | |
5557 | |
5558 *arg = p; | |
5559 if (failed || retval == NULL) | |
5560 { | |
5561 vim_free(retval); | |
5562 return FAIL; | |
5563 } | |
5564 | |
5565 if (*list == NULL) | |
5566 *list = retval; | |
5567 else | |
5568 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */ | |
5569 | |
5570 return OK; | |
5571 } | |
5572 | |
5573 /* | |
5574 * Make a copy of an ID list. | |
5575 */ | |
5576 static short * | |
5577 copy_id_list(list) | |
5578 short *list; | |
5579 { | |
5580 int len; | |
5581 int count; | |
5582 short *retval; | |
5583 | |
5584 if (list == NULL) | |
5585 return NULL; | |
5586 | |
5587 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count) | |
5588 ; | |
5589 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short); | |
5590 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len); | |
5591 if (retval != NULL) | |
5592 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len); | |
5593 | |
5594 return retval; | |
5595 } | |
5596 | |
5597 /* | |
5598 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si". | |
5599 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list. | |
5600 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of | |
5601 * the current item. | |
5602 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!! | |
5603 */ | |
5604 static int | |
5605 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained) | |
5606 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */ | |
5607 short *list; /* id list */ | |
5608 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */ | |
5609 int contained; /* group id is contained */ | |
5610 { | |
5611 int retval; | |
5612 short *scl_list; | |
5613 short item; | |
5614 short id = ssp->id; | |
5615 static int depth = 0; | |
5616 int r; | |
5617 | |
5618 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */ | |
5619 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL) | |
5620 { | |
5621 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check | |
5622 * that we don't go back past the first one. */ | |
5623 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT) | |
5624 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data)) | |
5625 --cur_si; | |
5626 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */ | |
5627 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list, | |
5628 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn), | |
5629 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)) | |
5630 return TRUE; | |
5631 } | |
5632 | |
5633 if (list == NULL) | |
5634 return FALSE; | |
5635 | |
5636 /* | |
5637 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't | |
5638 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups. | |
5639 */ | |
5640 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL) | |
5641 return !contained; | |
5642 | |
5643 /* | |
5644 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the | |
5645 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include" | |
5646 * level as the list. | |
5647 */ | |
5648 item = *list; | |
5649 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
5650 { | |
5651 if (item < SYNID_TOP) | |
5652 { | |
5653 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */ | |
5654 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag) | |
5655 return FALSE; | |
5656 } | |
5657 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED) | |
5658 { | |
5659 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */ | |
5660 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained) | |
5661 return FALSE; | |
5662 } | |
5663 else | |
5664 { | |
5665 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */ | |
5666 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained) | |
5667 return FALSE; | |
5668 } | |
5669 item = *++list; | |
5670 retval = FALSE; | |
5671 } | |
5672 else | |
5673 retval = TRUE; | |
5674 | |
5675 /* | |
5676 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list. | |
5677 */ | |
5678 while (item != 0) | |
5679 { | |
5680 if (item == id) | |
5681 return retval; | |
5682 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
5683 { | |
5684 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list; | |
5685 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a | |
5686 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */ | |
5687 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30) | |
5688 { | |
5689 ++depth; | |
5690 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained); | |
5691 --depth; | |
5692 if (r) | |
5693 return retval; | |
5694 } | |
5695 } | |
5696 item = *++list; | |
5697 } | |
5698 return !retval; | |
5699 } | |
5700 | |
5701 struct subcommand | |
5702 { | |
5703 char *name; /* subcommand name */ | |
5704 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */ | |
5705 }; | |
5706 | |
5707 static struct subcommand subcommands[] = | |
5708 { | |
5709 {"case", syn_cmd_case}, | |
5710 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear}, | |
5711 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster}, | |
5712 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable}, | |
5713 {"include", syn_cmd_include}, | |
5714 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword}, | |
5715 {"list", syn_cmd_list}, | |
5716 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual}, | |
5717 {"match", syn_cmd_match}, | |
5718 {"on", syn_cmd_on}, | |
5719 {"off", syn_cmd_off}, | |
5720 {"region", syn_cmd_region}, | |
5721 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset}, | |
5722 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync}, | |
5723 {"", syn_cmd_list}, | |
5724 {NULL, NULL} | |
5725 }; | |
5726 | |
5727 /* | |
5728 * ":syntax". | |
5729 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a | |
5730 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest. | |
5731 */ | |
5732 void | |
5733 ex_syntax(eap) | |
5734 exarg_T *eap; | |
5735 { | |
5736 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
5737 char_u *subcmd_end; | |
5738 char_u *subcmd_name; | |
5739 int i; | |
5740 | |
5741 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep; | |
5742 | |
5743 /* isolate subcommand name */ | |
5744 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end) | |
5745 ; | |
5746 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg)); | |
5747 if (subcmd_name != NULL) | |
5748 { | |
5749 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */ | |
5750 ++emsg_skip; | |
5751 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
5752 { | |
5753 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL) | |
5754 { | |
5755 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name); | |
5756 break; | |
5757 } | |
5758 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0) | |
5759 { | |
5760 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end); | |
5761 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE); | |
5762 break; | |
5763 } | |
5764 } | |
5765 vim_free(subcmd_name); | |
5766 if (eap->skip) | |
5767 --emsg_skip; | |
5768 } | |
5769 } | |
5770 | |
5771 int | |
5772 syntax_present(buf) | |
5773 buf_T *buf; | |
5774 { | |
5775 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0 | |
5776 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0 | |
5777 || curbuf->b_keywtab != NULL | |
5778 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic != NULL); | |
5779 } | |
5780 | |
5781 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
5782 | |
5783 static enum | |
5784 { | |
5785 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */ | |
5786 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */ | |
5787 } expand_what; | |
5788 | |
5789 | |
5790 /* | |
5791 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command. | |
5792 */ | |
5793 void | |
5794 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg) | |
5795 expand_T *xp; | |
5796 char_u *arg; | |
5797 { | |
5798 char_u *p; | |
5799 | |
5800 /* Default: expand subcommands */ | |
5801 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX; | |
5802 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; | |
5803 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
5804 include_link = FALSE; | |
5805 include_default = FALSE; | |
5806 | |
5807 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ | |
5808 if (*arg != NUL) | |
5809 { | |
5810 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
5811 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */ | |
5812 { | |
5813 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); | |
5814 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL) | |
5815 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
5816 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0) | |
5817 expand_what = EXP_CASE; | |
5818 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0 | |
5819 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0 | |
5820 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0 | |
5821 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0) | |
5822 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; | |
5823 else | |
5824 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
5825 } | |
5826 } | |
5827 } | |
5828 | |
5829 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL}; | |
5830 | |
5831 /* | |
5832 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for | |
5833 * expansion. | |
5834 */ | |
5835 /*ARGSUSED*/ | |
5836 char_u * | |
5837 get_syntax_name(xp, idx) | |
5838 expand_T *xp; | |
5839 int idx; | |
5840 { | |
5841 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD) | |
5842 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name; | |
5843 return (char_u *)case_args[idx]; | |
5844 } | |
5845 | |
5846 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ | |
5847 | |
5848 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER) || defined(PROTO) | |
5849 /* | |
5850 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position. | |
5851 */ | |
5852 int | |
5853 syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans) | |
5854 long lnum; | |
5855 long col; | |
5856 int trans; /* remove transparancy */ | |
5857 { | |
5858 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same | |
5859 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */ | |
5860 if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf | |
5861 || lnum != current_lnum | |
5862 || col < (long)current_col) | |
5863 syntax_start(curwin, lnum); | |
5864 | |
5865 (void)get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)col); | |
5866 | |
5867 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id); | |
5868 } | |
5869 #endif | |
5870 | |
5871 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
5872 /* | |
5873 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp". | |
5874 */ | |
5875 int | |
5876 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum) | |
5877 win_T *wp; | |
5878 long lnum; | |
5879 { | |
5880 int level = 0; | |
5881 int i; | |
5882 | |
5883 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */ | |
5884 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0) | |
5885 { | |
5886 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
5887 | |
5888 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) | |
5889 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD) | |
5890 ++level; | |
5891 } | |
5892 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn) | |
5893 level = wp->w_p_fdn; | |
5894 return level; | |
5895 } | |
5896 #endif | |
5897 | |
5898 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
5899 | |
5900 | |
5901 /************************************** | |
5902 * Highlighting stuff * | |
5903 **************************************/ | |
5904 | |
5905 /* | |
5906 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and | |
5907 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found. | |
5908 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim! | |
5909 */ | |
5910 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) = | |
5911 { | |
5912 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5913 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", | |
5914 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */ | |
5915 #endif | |
5916 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White", | |
5917 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", | |
5918 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold", | |
5919 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue", | |
5920 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold", | |
5921 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", | |
5922 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", | |
5923 "Visual term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse guifg=Grey guibg=fg", | |
5924 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold", | |
5925 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red", | |
5926 NULL | |
5927 }; | |
5928 | |
5929 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) = | |
5930 { | |
5931 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue", | |
5932 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown", | |
5933 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", | |
5934 "Normal gui=NONE", | |
5935 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", | |
5936 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE", | |
5937 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue", | |
5938 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta", | |
5939 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red", | |
5940 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", | |
5941 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue", | |
5942 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue", | |
5943 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue", | |
5944 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue", | |
5945 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta", | |
5946 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan", | |
5947 NULL | |
5948 }; | |
5949 | |
5950 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) = | |
5951 { | |
5952 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan", | |
5953 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow", | |
5954 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", | |
5955 "Normal gui=NONE", | |
5956 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green", | |
5957 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", | |
5958 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan", | |
5959 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta", | |
5960 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red", | |
5961 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", | |
5962 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan", | |
5963 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan", | |
5964 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan", | |
5965 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue", | |
5966 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta", | |
5967 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan", | |
5968 NULL | |
5969 }; | |
5970 | |
5971 void | |
5972 init_highlight(both, reset) | |
5973 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */ | |
5974 int reset; /* clear group first */ | |
5975 { | |
5976 int i; | |
5977 char **pp; | |
5978 static int had_both = FALSE; | |
5979 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
5980 char_u *p; | |
5981 | |
5982 /* | |
5983 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded | |
5984 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed. | |
5985 */ | |
5986 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name"); | |
5987 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK) | |
5988 return; | |
5989 #endif | |
5990 | |
5991 /* | |
5992 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors. | |
5993 */ | |
5994 if (both) | |
5995 { | |
5996 had_both = TRUE; | |
5997 pp = highlight_init_both; | |
5998 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) | |
5999 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); | |
6000 } | |
6001 else if (!had_both) | |
6002 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main(). | |
6003 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule | |
6004 * everything anyway. */ | |
6005 return; | |
6006 | |
6007 if (*p_bg == 'l') | |
6008 pp = highlight_init_light; | |
6009 else | |
6010 pp = highlight_init_dark; | |
6011 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) | |
6012 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); | |
6013 | |
6014 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
6015 /* | |
6016 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it. | |
6017 */ | |
6018 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL) | |
6019 (void)cmd_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE); | |
6020 #endif | |
6021 } | |
6022 | |
6023 /* | |
6024 * Load color file "p". | |
6025 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure. | |
6026 */ | |
6027 int | |
6028 load_colors(p) | |
6029 char_u *p; | |
6030 { | |
6031 char_u *buf; | |
6032 int retval = FAIL; | |
6033 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
6034 | |
6035 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting | |
6036 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is | |
6037 * working, thus we should return OK. */ | |
6038 if (recursive) | |
6039 return OK; | |
6040 | |
6041 recursive = TRUE; | |
6042 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(p) + 12)); | |
6043 if (buf != NULL) | |
6044 { | |
6045 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", p); | |
6046 retval = cmd_runtime(buf, FALSE); | |
6047 vim_free(buf); | |
6048 } | |
6049 recursive = FALSE; | |
6050 | |
6051 return retval; | |
6052 } | |
6053 | |
6054 /* | |
6055 * Handle the ":highlight .." command. | |
6056 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with | |
6057 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE. | |
6058 */ | |
6059 void | |
6060 do_highlight(line, forceit, init) | |
6061 char_u *line; | |
6062 int forceit; | |
6063 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */ | |
6064 { | |
6065 char_u *name_end; | |
6066 char_u *p; | |
6067 char_u *linep; | |
6068 char_u *key_start; | |
6069 char_u *arg_start; | |
6070 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL; | |
6071 long i; | |
6072 int off; | |
6073 int len; | |
6074 int attr; | |
6075 int id; | |
6076 int idx; | |
6077 int dodefault = FALSE; | |
6078 int doclear = FALSE; | |
6079 int dolink = FALSE; | |
6080 int error = FALSE; | |
6081 int color; | |
6082 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */ | |
6083 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6084 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */ | |
6085 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */ | |
6086 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */ | |
6087 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */ | |
6088 #else | |
6089 # define is_menu_group 0 | |
6090 # define is_tooltip_group 0 | |
6091 #endif | |
6092 | |
6093 /* | |
6094 * If no argument, list current highlighting. | |
6095 */ | |
6096 if (ends_excmd(*line)) | |
6097 { | |
6098 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i) | |
6099 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */ | |
6100 highlight_list_one((int)i); | |
6101 return; | |
6102 } | |
6103 | |
6104 /* | |
6105 * Isolate the name. | |
6106 */ | |
6107 name_end = skiptowhite(line); | |
6108 linep = skipwhite(name_end); | |
6109 | |
6110 /* | |
6111 * Check for "default" argument. | |
6112 */ | |
6113 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0) | |
6114 { | |
6115 dodefault = TRUE; | |
6116 line = linep; | |
6117 name_end = skiptowhite(line); | |
6118 linep = skipwhite(name_end); | |
6119 } | |
6120 | |
6121 /* | |
6122 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument. | |
6123 */ | |
6124 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0) | |
6125 doclear = TRUE; | |
6126 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0) | |
6127 dolink = TRUE; | |
6128 | |
6129 /* | |
6130 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group. | |
6131 */ | |
6132 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep)) | |
6133 { | |
6134 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line)); | |
6135 if (id == 0) | |
6136 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line); | |
6137 else | |
6138 highlight_list_one(id); | |
6139 return; | |
6140 } | |
6141 | |
6142 /* | |
6143 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command. | |
6144 */ | |
6145 if (dolink) | |
6146 { | |
6147 char_u *from_start = linep; | |
6148 char_u *from_end; | |
6149 char_u *to_start; | |
6150 char_u *to_end; | |
6151 int from_id; | |
6152 int to_id; | |
6153 | |
6154 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start); | |
6155 to_start = skipwhite(from_end); | |
6156 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start); | |
6157 | |
6158 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start)) | |
6159 { | |
6160 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), | |
6161 from_start); | |
6162 return; | |
6163 } | |
6164 | |
6165 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end))) | |
6166 { | |
6167 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start); | |
6168 return; | |
6169 } | |
6170 | |
6171 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start)); | |
6172 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0) | |
6173 to_id = 0; | |
6174 else | |
6175 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start)); | |
6176 | |
6177 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0)) | |
6178 { | |
6179 /* | |
6180 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting | |
6181 * for the group, unless '!' is used | |
6182 */ | |
6183 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init | |
6184 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault)) | |
6185 { | |
6186 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault) | |
6187 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored")); | |
6188 } | |
6189 else | |
6190 { | |
6191 if (!init) | |
6192 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK; | |
6193 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id; | |
6194 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
6195 } | |
6196 } | |
6197 | |
6198 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ | |
6199 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; | |
6200 | |
6201 return; | |
6202 } | |
6203 | |
6204 if (doclear) | |
6205 { | |
6206 /* | |
6207 * ":highlight clear [group]" command. | |
6208 */ | |
6209 line = linep; | |
6210 if (ends_excmd(*line)) | |
6211 { | |
6212 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6213 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new | |
6214 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values. | |
6215 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values | |
6216 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but | |
6217 * invalid because they were free'd. | |
6218 */ | |
6219 if (gui.in_use) | |
6220 { | |
6221 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP | |
6222 gui_init_tooltip_font(); | |
6223 # endif | |
6224 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF)) | |
6225 gui_init_menu_font(); | |
6226 # endif | |
6227 } | |
6228 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) | |
6229 gui_mch_def_colors(); | |
6230 # endif | |
6231 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6232 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6233 | |
6234 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight | |
6235 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case. | |
6236 */ | |
6237 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); | |
6238 # endif | |
6239 if (gui.in_use) | |
6240 { | |
6241 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); | |
6242 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
6243 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); | |
6244 # endif | |
6245 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6246 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); | |
6247 # endif | |
6248 } | |
6249 # endif | |
6250 | |
6251 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items. | |
6252 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point. | |
6253 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data. | |
6254 */ | |
6255 #endif | |
6256 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
6257 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name"); | |
6258 #endif | |
6259 restore_cterm_colors(); | |
6260 | |
6261 /* | |
6262 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults. | |
6263 */ | |
6264 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) | |
6265 highlight_clear(idx); | |
6266 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE); | |
6267 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6268 if (gui.in_use) | |
6269 highlight_gui_started(); | |
6270 #endif | |
6271 highlight_changed(); | |
6272 redraw_later_clear(); | |
6273 return; | |
6274 } | |
6275 name_end = skiptowhite(line); | |
6276 linep = skipwhite(name_end); | |
6277 } | |
6278 | |
6279 /* | |
6280 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it. | |
6281 */ | |
6282 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line)); | |
6283 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */ | |
6284 return; | |
6285 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
6286 | |
6287 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */ | |
6288 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE)) | |
6289 return; | |
6290 | |
6291 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) | |
6292 is_normal_group = TRUE; | |
6293 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6294 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0) | |
6295 is_menu_group = TRUE; | |
6296 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0) | |
6297 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE; | |
6298 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0) | |
6299 is_tooltip_group = TRUE; | |
6300 #endif | |
6301 | |
6302 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */ | |
6303 if (doclear || (forceit && init)) | |
6304 { | |
6305 highlight_clear(idx); | |
6306 if (!doclear) | |
6307 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0; | |
6308 } | |
6309 | |
6310 if (!doclear) | |
6311 while (!ends_excmd(*linep)) | |
6312 { | |
6313 key_start = linep; | |
6314 if (*linep == '=') | |
6315 { | |
6316 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start); | |
6317 error = TRUE; | |
6318 break; | |
6319 } | |
6320 | |
6321 /* | |
6322 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or | |
6323 * "guibg"). | |
6324 */ | |
6325 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=') | |
6326 ++linep; | |
6327 vim_free(key); | |
6328 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start)); | |
6329 if (key == NULL) | |
6330 { | |
6331 error = TRUE; | |
6332 break; | |
6333 } | |
6334 linep = skipwhite(linep); | |
6335 | |
6336 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0) | |
6337 { | |
6338 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0) | |
6339 { | |
6340 if (!init) | |
6341 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI; | |
6342 highlight_clear(idx); | |
6343 } | |
6344 continue; | |
6345 } | |
6346 | |
6347 /* | |
6348 * Check for the equal sign. | |
6349 */ | |
6350 if (*linep != '=') | |
6351 { | |
6352 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start); | |
6353 error = TRUE; | |
6354 break; | |
6355 } | |
6356 ++linep; | |
6357 | |
6358 /* | |
6359 * Isolate the argument. | |
6360 */ | |
6361 linep = skipwhite(linep); | |
6362 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */ | |
6363 { | |
6364 arg_start = ++linep; | |
6365 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\''); | |
6366 if (linep == NULL) | |
6367 { | |
6368 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start); | |
6369 error = TRUE; | |
6370 break; | |
6371 } | |
6372 } | |
6373 else | |
6374 { | |
6375 arg_start = linep; | |
6376 linep = skiptowhite(linep); | |
6377 } | |
6378 if (linep == arg_start) | |
6379 { | |
6380 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start); | |
6381 error = TRUE; | |
6382 break; | |
6383 } | |
6384 vim_free(arg); | |
6385 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start)); | |
6386 if (arg == NULL) | |
6387 { | |
6388 error = TRUE; | |
6389 break; | |
6390 } | |
6391 if (*linep == '\'') | |
6392 ++linep; | |
6393 | |
6394 /* | |
6395 * Store the argument. | |
6396 */ | |
6397 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0 | |
6398 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0 | |
6399 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0) | |
6400 { | |
6401 attr = 0; | |
6402 off = 0; | |
6403 while (arg[off] != NUL) | |
6404 { | |
6405 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; ) | |
6406 { | |
6407 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]); | |
6408 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0) | |
6409 { | |
6410 attr |= hl_attr_table[i]; | |
6411 off += len; | |
6412 break; | |
6413 } | |
6414 } | |
6415 if (i < 0) | |
6416 { | |
6417 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg); | |
6418 error = TRUE; | |
6419 break; | |
6420 } | |
6421 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ | |
6422 ++off; | |
6423 } | |
6424 if (error) | |
6425 break; | |
6426 if (*key == 'T') | |
6427 { | |
6428 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM)) | |
6429 { | |
6430 if (!init) | |
6431 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; | |
6432 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr; | |
6433 } | |
6434 } | |
6435 else if (*key == 'C') | |
6436 { | |
6437 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) | |
6438 { | |
6439 if (!init) | |
6440 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; | |
6441 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr; | |
6442 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; | |
6443 } | |
6444 } | |
6445 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6446 else | |
6447 { | |
6448 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) | |
6449 { | |
6450 if (!init) | |
6451 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; | |
6452 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr; | |
6453 } | |
6454 } | |
6455 #endif | |
6456 } | |
6457 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0) | |
6458 { | |
6459 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ | |
6460 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6461 if (!gui.shell_created) | |
6462 { | |
6463 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */ | |
6464 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); | |
6465 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6466 } | |
6467 else | |
6468 { | |
6469 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; | |
6470 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
6471 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; | |
6472 # endif | |
6473 /* First, save the current font/fontset. | |
6474 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset. | |
6475 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR | |
6476 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively. | |
6477 */ | |
6478 | |
6479 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; | |
6480 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
6481 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
6482 # endif | |
6483 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group, | |
6484 is_tooltip_group); | |
6485 | |
6486 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
6487 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
6488 { | |
6489 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was | |
6490 * one. | |
6491 */ | |
6492 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset); | |
6493 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); | |
6494 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6495 } | |
6496 else | |
6497 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset; | |
6498 # endif | |
6499 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) | |
6500 { | |
6501 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was | |
6502 * one. | |
6503 */ | |
6504 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font); | |
6505 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); | |
6506 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6507 } | |
6508 else | |
6509 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font; | |
6510 } | |
6511 #endif | |
6512 } | |
6513 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0) | |
6514 { | |
6515 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) | |
6516 { | |
6517 if (!init) | |
6518 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; | |
6519 | |
6520 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold" | |
6521 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */ | |
6522 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold) | |
6523 { | |
6524 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; | |
6525 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; | |
6526 } | |
6527 | |
6528 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) | |
6529 color = atoi((char *)arg); | |
6530 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0) | |
6531 { | |
6532 if (cterm_normal_fg_color) | |
6533 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1; | |
6534 else | |
6535 { | |
6536 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown")); | |
6537 error = TRUE; | |
6538 break; | |
6539 } | |
6540 } | |
6541 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0) | |
6542 { | |
6543 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
6544 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1; | |
6545 else | |
6546 { | |
6547 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown")); | |
6548 error = TRUE; | |
6549 break; | |
6550 } | |
6551 } | |
6552 else | |
6553 { | |
6554 static char *(color_names[28]) = { | |
6555 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan", | |
6556 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow", | |
6557 "Gray", "Grey", | |
6558 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey", | |
6559 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen", | |
6560 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta", | |
6561 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"}; | |
6562 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3, | |
6563 4, 5, 6, 6, | |
6564 7, 7, | |
6565 7, 7, 8, 8, | |
6566 9, 9, 10, 10, | |
6567 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, | |
6568 13, 14, 14, 15, -1}; | |
6569 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */ | |
6570 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, | |
6571 1, 5, 32, 72, | |
6572 84, 84, | |
6573 7, 7, 82, 82, | |
6574 12, 43, 10, 61, | |
6575 14, 63, 9, 74, 13, | |
6576 75, 11, 78, 15, -1}; | |
6577 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */ | |
6578 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, | |
6579 1, 5, 130, 130, | |
6580 248, 248, | |
6581 7, 7, 242, 242, | |
6582 12, 81, 10, 121, | |
6583 14, 159, 9, 224, 13, | |
6584 225, 11, 229, 15, -1}; | |
6585 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */ | |
6586 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, | |
6587 1, 5, 3, 3, | |
6588 7, 7, | |
6589 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8, | |
6590 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8, | |
6591 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8, | |
6592 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1}; | |
6593 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) | |
6594 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8; | |
6595 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */ | |
6596 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0) | |
6597 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16; | |
6598 #endif | |
6599 | |
6600 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */ | |
6601 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg); | |
6602 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) | |
6603 if (off == color_names[i][0] | |
6604 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0) | |
6605 break; | |
6606 if (i < 0) | |
6607 { | |
6608 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start); | |
6609 error = TRUE; | |
6610 break; | |
6611 } | |
6612 | |
6613 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */ | |
6614 color = color_numbers_16[i]; | |
6615 if (color >= 0) | |
6616 { | |
6617 if (t_colors == 8) | |
6618 { | |
6619 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */ | |
6620 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) | |
6621 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i]; | |
6622 #else | |
6623 color = color_numbers_8[i]; | |
6624 #endif | |
6625 if (key[5] == 'F') | |
6626 { | |
6627 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground | |
6628 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */ | |
6629 if (color & 8) | |
6630 { | |
6631 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD; | |
6632 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE; | |
6633 } | |
6634 else | |
6635 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; | |
6636 } | |
6637 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */ | |
6638 } | |
6639 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88 | |
6640 || t_colors == 256) | |
6641 { | |
6642 /* | |
6643 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is | |
6644 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed | |
6645 * order for colors. | |
6646 */ | |
6647 if (*T_CAF != NUL) | |
6648 p = T_CAF; | |
6649 else | |
6650 p = T_CSF; | |
6651 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm') | |
6652 switch (t_colors) | |
6653 { | |
6654 case 16: | |
6655 color = color_numbers_8[i]; | |
6656 break; | |
6657 case 88: | |
6658 color = color_numbers_88[i]; | |
6659 break; | |
6660 case 256: | |
6661 color = color_numbers_256[i]; | |
6662 break; | |
6663 } | |
6664 } | |
6665 } | |
6666 } | |
6667 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */ | |
6668 if (key[5] == 'F') | |
6669 { | |
6670 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1; | |
6671 if (is_normal_group) | |
6672 { | |
6673 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1; | |
6674 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD); | |
6675 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6676 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */ | |
6677 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) | |
6678 #endif | |
6679 { | |
6680 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
6681 if (termcap_active) | |
6682 term_fg_color(color); | |
6683 } | |
6684 } | |
6685 } | |
6686 else | |
6687 { | |
6688 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1; | |
6689 if (is_normal_group) | |
6690 { | |
6691 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1; | |
6692 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6693 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */ | |
6694 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) | |
6695 #endif | |
6696 { | |
6697 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
6698 if (termcap_active) | |
6699 term_bg_color(color); | |
6700 if (t_colors < 16) | |
6701 i = (color == 0 || color == 4); | |
6702 else | |
6703 i = (color < 7 || color == 8); | |
6704 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */ | |
6705 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd')) | |
6706 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L, | |
6707 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0); | |
6708 } | |
6709 } | |
6710 } | |
6711 } | |
6712 } | |
6713 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0) | |
6714 { | |
6715 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */ | |
6716 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) | |
6717 { | |
6718 if (!init) | |
6719 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; | |
6720 | |
6721 i = color_name2handle(arg); | |
6722 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) | |
6723 { | |
6724 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i; | |
6725 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
6726 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE")) | |
6727 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6728 else | |
6729 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; | |
6730 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6731 if (is_menu_group) | |
6732 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i; | |
6733 if (is_scrollbar_group) | |
6734 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i; | |
6735 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
6736 if (is_tooltip_group) | |
6737 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i; | |
6738 # endif | |
6739 do_colors = TRUE; | |
6740 # endif | |
6741 } | |
6742 } | |
6743 #endif | |
6744 } | |
6745 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0) | |
6746 { | |
6747 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */ | |
6748 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) | |
6749 { | |
6750 if (!init) | |
6751 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; | |
6752 | |
6753 i = color_name2handle(arg); | |
6754 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) | |
6755 { | |
6756 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i; | |
6757 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
6758 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE")) | |
6759 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6760 else | |
6761 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; | |
6762 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6763 if (is_menu_group) | |
6764 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i; | |
6765 if (is_scrollbar_group) | |
6766 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i; | |
6767 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
6768 if (is_tooltip_group) | |
6769 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i; | |
6770 # endif | |
6771 do_colors = TRUE; | |
6772 # endif | |
6773 } | |
6774 } | |
6775 #endif | |
6776 } | |
6777 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0) | |
6778 { | |
6779 char_u buf[100]; | |
6780 char_u *tname; | |
6781 | |
6782 if (!init) | |
6783 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; | |
6784 | |
6785 /* | |
6786 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape | |
6787 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes. | |
6788 */ | |
6789 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0) | |
6790 { | |
6791 off = 0; | |
6792 buf[0] = 0; | |
6793 while (arg[off] != NUL) | |
6794 { | |
6795 /* Isolate one termcap name */ | |
6796 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] && | |
6797 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len) | |
6798 ; | |
6799 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len); | |
6800 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
6801 { | |
6802 error = TRUE; | |
6803 break; | |
6804 } | |
6805 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */ | |
6806 p = get_term_code(tname); | |
6807 vim_free(tname); | |
6808 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */ | |
6809 p = (char_u *)""; | |
6810 | |
6811 /* Append it to the already found stuff */ | |
6812 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99) | |
6813 { | |
6814 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg); | |
6815 error = TRUE; | |
6816 break; | |
6817 } | |
6818 STRCAT(buf, p); | |
6819 | |
6820 /* Advance to the next item */ | |
6821 off += len; | |
6822 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ | |
6823 ++off; | |
6824 } | |
6825 } | |
6826 else | |
6827 { | |
6828 /* | |
6829 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes. | |
6830 */ | |
6831 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; ) | |
6832 { | |
6833 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE); | |
6834 if (len) /* recognized special char */ | |
6835 off += len; | |
6836 else /* copy as normal char */ | |
6837 buf[off++] = *p++; | |
6838 } | |
6839 buf[off] = NUL; | |
6840 } | |
6841 if (error) | |
6842 break; | |
6843 | |
6844 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */ | |
6845 p = NULL; | |
6846 else | |
6847 p = vim_strsave(buf); | |
6848 if (key[2] == 'A') | |
6849 { | |
6850 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); | |
6851 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p; | |
6852 } | |
6853 else | |
6854 { | |
6855 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); | |
6856 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p; | |
6857 } | |
6858 } | |
6859 else | |
6860 { | |
6861 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start); | |
6862 error = TRUE; | |
6863 break; | |
6864 } | |
6865 | |
6866 /* | |
6867 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it. | |
6868 */ | |
6869 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)) | |
6870 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0; | |
6871 | |
6872 /* | |
6873 * Continue with next argument. | |
6874 */ | |
6875 linep = skipwhite(linep); | |
6876 } | |
6877 | |
6878 /* | |
6879 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table. | |
6880 */ | |
6881 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
6882 syn_unadd_group(); | |
6883 else | |
6884 { | |
6885 if (is_normal_group) | |
6886 { | |
6887 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; | |
6888 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; | |
6889 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6890 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; | |
6891 /* | |
6892 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg" | |
6893 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now. | |
6894 */ | |
6895 if (gui.in_use) | |
6896 highlight_gui_started(); | |
6897 #endif | |
6898 } | |
6899 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6900 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6901 else if (is_menu_group) | |
6902 { | |
6903 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) | |
6904 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); | |
6905 } | |
6906 # endif | |
6907 else if (is_scrollbar_group) | |
6908 { | |
6909 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) | |
6910 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); | |
6911 } | |
6912 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
6913 else if (is_tooltip_group) | |
6914 { | |
6915 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) | |
6916 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); | |
6917 } | |
6918 # endif | |
6919 #endif | |
6920 else | |
6921 set_hl_attr(idx); | |
6922 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
6923 } | |
6924 vim_free(key); | |
6925 vim_free(arg); | |
6926 | |
6927 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ | |
6928 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; | |
6929 } | |
6930 | |
6931 /* | |
6932 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if | |
6933 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero. | |
6934 */ | |
6935 void | |
6936 restore_cterm_colors() | |
6937 { | |
6938 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32)) | |
6939 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user | |
6940 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default | |
6941 * background/foreground colors. */ | |
6942 mch_set_normal_colors(); | |
6943 #else | |
6944 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0; | |
6945 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0; | |
6946 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0; | |
6947 #endif | |
6948 } | |
6949 | |
6950 /* | |
6951 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings. | |
6952 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link. | |
6953 */ | |
6954 static int | |
6955 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link) | |
6956 int idx; | |
6957 int check_link; | |
6958 { | |
6959 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0 | |
6960 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0 | |
6961 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6962 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0 | |
6963 #endif | |
6964 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))); | |
6965 } | |
6966 | |
6967 /* | |
6968 * Clear highlighting for one group. | |
6969 */ | |
6970 static void | |
6971 highlight_clear(idx) | |
6972 int idx; | |
6973 { | |
6974 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0; | |
6975 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); | |
6976 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL; | |
6977 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); | |
6978 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL; | |
6979 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; | |
6980 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0; | |
6981 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; | |
6982 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0; | |
6983 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0; | |
6984 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; | |
6985 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ | |
6986 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0; | |
6987 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; | |
6988 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
6989 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; | |
6990 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; | |
6991 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
6992 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; | |
6993 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); | |
6994 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; | |
6995 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
6996 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); | |
6997 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
6998 # endif | |
6999 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); | |
7000 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL; | |
7001 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; | |
7002 #endif | |
7003 } | |
7004 | |
7005 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
7006 /* | |
7007 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal" | |
7008 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and | |
7009 * "Tooltip" colors. | |
7010 */ | |
7011 void | |
7012 set_normal_colors() | |
7013 { | |
7014 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal", | |
7015 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel, FALSE, TRUE, | |
7016 FALSE)) | |
7017 { | |
7018 gui_mch_new_colors(); | |
7019 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7020 } | |
7021 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
7022 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu", | |
7023 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel, TRUE, FALSE, | |
7024 FALSE)) | |
7025 { | |
7026 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
7027 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); | |
7028 # endif | |
7029 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7030 } | |
7031 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
7032 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip", | |
7033 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel, | |
7034 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) | |
7035 { | |
7036 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
7037 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); | |
7038 # endif | |
7039 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7040 } | |
7041 #endif | |
7042 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar", | |
7043 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel, FALSE, FALSE, | |
7044 FALSE)) | |
7045 { | |
7046 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); | |
7047 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7048 } | |
7049 #endif | |
7050 } | |
7051 | |
7052 /* | |
7053 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar". | |
7054 */ | |
7055 static int | |
7056 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip) | |
7057 char_u *name; | |
7058 guicolor_T *fgp; | |
7059 guicolor_T *bgp; | |
7060 int do_menu; | |
7061 int use_norm; | |
7062 int do_tooltip; | |
7063 { | |
7064 int idx; | |
7065 | |
7066 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1; | |
7067 if (idx >= 0) | |
7068 { | |
7069 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip); | |
7070 | |
7071 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR) | |
7072 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg; | |
7073 else if (use_norm) | |
7074 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel; | |
7075 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR) | |
7076 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg; | |
7077 else if (use_norm) | |
7078 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel; | |
7079 return TRUE; | |
7080 } | |
7081 return FALSE; | |
7082 } | |
7083 | |
7084 /* | |
7085 * Get the font of the "Normal" group. | |
7086 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set. | |
7087 */ | |
7088 char_u * | |
7089 hl_get_font_name() | |
7090 { | |
7091 int id; | |
7092 char_u *s; | |
7093 | |
7094 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); | |
7095 if (id > 0) | |
7096 { | |
7097 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name; | |
7098 if (s != NULL) | |
7099 return s; | |
7100 } | |
7101 return (char_u *)""; | |
7102 } | |
7103 | |
7104 /* | |
7105 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has | |
7106 * actually chosen to be used. | |
7107 */ | |
7108 void | |
7109 hl_set_font_name(font_name) | |
7110 char_u *font_name; | |
7111 { | |
7112 int id; | |
7113 | |
7114 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); | |
7115 if (id > 0) | |
7116 { | |
7117 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name); | |
7118 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name); | |
7119 } | |
7120 } | |
7121 | |
7122 /* | |
7123 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color() | |
7124 * when the color is known. | |
7125 */ | |
7126 void | |
7127 hl_set_bg_color_name(name) | |
7128 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ | |
7129 { | |
7130 int id; | |
7131 | |
7132 if (name != NULL) | |
7133 { | |
7134 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); | |
7135 if (id > 0) | |
7136 { | |
7137 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
7138 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name; | |
7139 } | |
7140 } | |
7141 } | |
7142 | |
7143 /* | |
7144 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color() | |
7145 * when the color is known. | |
7146 */ | |
7147 void | |
7148 hl_set_fg_color_name(name) | |
7149 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ | |
7150 { | |
7151 int id; | |
7152 | |
7153 if (name != NULL) | |
7154 { | |
7155 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); | |
7156 if (id > 0) | |
7157 { | |
7158 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
7159 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name; | |
7160 } | |
7161 } | |
7162 } | |
7163 | |
7164 /* | |
7165 * Return the handle for a color name. | |
7166 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
7167 */ | |
7168 static guicolor_T | |
7169 color_name2handle(name) | |
7170 char_u *name; | |
7171 { | |
7172 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) | |
7173 return INVALCOLOR; | |
7174 | |
7175 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0) | |
7176 return gui.norm_pixel; | |
7177 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0) | |
7178 return gui.back_pixel; | |
7179 | |
7180 return gui_get_color(name); | |
7181 } | |
7182 | |
7183 /* | |
7184 * Return the handle for a font name. | |
7185 * Returns NOFONT when failed. | |
7186 */ | |
7187 static GuiFont | |
7188 font_name2handle(name) | |
7189 char_u *name; | |
7190 { | |
7191 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) | |
7192 return NOFONT; | |
7193 | |
7194 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE); | |
7195 } | |
7196 | |
7197 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7198 /* | |
7199 * Return the handle for a fontset name. | |
7200 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed. | |
7201 */ | |
7202 static GuiFontset | |
7203 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width) | |
7204 char_u *name; | |
7205 int fixed_width; | |
7206 { | |
7207 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) | |
7208 return NOFONTSET; | |
7209 | |
7210 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width); | |
7211 } | |
7212 # endif | |
7213 | |
7214 /* | |
7215 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group. | |
7216 */ | |
7217 /*ARGSUSED*/ | |
7218 static void | |
7219 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip) | |
7220 int idx; | |
7221 char_u *arg; | |
7222 int do_normal; /* set normal font */ | |
7223 int do_menu; /* set menu font */ | |
7224 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */ | |
7225 { | |
7226 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7227 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a | |
7228 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */ | |
7229 if (*p_guifontset != NUL | |
7230 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS | |
7231 || do_menu | |
7232 # endif | |
7233 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP | |
7234 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */ | |
7235 || do_tooltip | |
7236 # endif | |
7237 ) | |
7238 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0 | |
7239 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS | |
7240 || do_menu | |
7241 # endif | |
7242 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP | |
7243 || do_tooltip | |
7244 # endif | |
7245 ); | |
7246 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
7247 { | |
7248 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the | |
7249 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */ | |
7250 if (do_normal) | |
7251 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE); | |
7252 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
7253 if (do_menu) | |
7254 { | |
7255 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS | |
7256 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; | |
7257 # else | |
7258 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */ | |
7259 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; | |
7260 # endif | |
7261 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); | |
7262 } | |
7263 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
7264 if (do_tooltip) | |
7265 { | |
7266 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between | |
7267 * displaying a single font and a fontset. | |
7268 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget | |
7269 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an | |
7270 * XFontStruct is used. | |
7271 */ | |
7272 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; | |
7273 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font(); | |
7274 } | |
7275 # endif | |
7276 # endif | |
7277 } | |
7278 else | |
7279 # endif | |
7280 { | |
7281 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg); | |
7282 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the | |
7283 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */ | |
7284 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) | |
7285 { | |
7286 if (do_normal) | |
7287 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE); | |
7288 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS | |
7289 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
7290 if (do_menu) | |
7291 { | |
7292 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; | |
7293 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); | |
7294 } | |
7295 # endif | |
7296 #endif | |
7297 } | |
7298 } | |
7299 } | |
7300 | |
7301 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ | |
7302 | |
7303 /* | |
7304 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number. | |
7305 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the | |
7306 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer. | |
7307 */ | |
7308 garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; | |
7309 | |
7310 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] | |
7311 | |
7312 garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; | |
7313 | |
7314 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] | |
7315 | |
7316 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7317 garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; | |
7318 | |
7319 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] | |
7320 #endif | |
7321 | |
7322 /* | |
7323 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font. | |
7324 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table | |
7325 * if the combination is new. | |
7326 * Return 0 for error (no more room). | |
7327 */ | |
7328 static int | |
7329 get_attr_entry(table, aep) | |
7330 garray_T *table; | |
7331 attrentry_T *aep; | |
7332 { | |
7333 int i; | |
7334 attrentry_T *gap; | |
7335 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
7336 | |
7337 /* | |
7338 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet. | |
7339 */ | |
7340 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T); | |
7341 table->ga_growsize = 7; | |
7342 | |
7343 /* | |
7344 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications. | |
7345 */ | |
7346 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i) | |
7347 { | |
7348 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]); | |
7349 if ( aep->ae_attr == gap->ae_attr | |
7350 && ( | |
7351 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7352 (table == &gui_attr_table | |
7353 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color | |
7354 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color | |
7355 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == gap->ae_u.gui.font | |
7356 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7357 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == gap->ae_u.gui.fontset | |
7358 # endif | |
7359 )) | |
7360 || | |
7361 #endif | |
7362 (table == &term_attr_table | |
7363 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) == | |
7364 (gap->ae_u.term.start == NULL) | |
7365 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL | |
7366 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start, | |
7367 gap->ae_u.term.start) == 0) | |
7368 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) == | |
7369 (gap->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) | |
7370 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL | |
7371 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, | |
7372 gap->ae_u.term.stop) == 0)) | |
7373 || (table == &cterm_attr_table | |
7374 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
7375 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
7376 )) | |
7377 | |
7378 return i + ATTR_OFF; | |
7379 } | |
7380 | |
7381 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF == 256) | |
7382 { | |
7383 /* | |
7384 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and | |
7385 * compute new ones for all groups. | |
7386 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers. | |
7387 */ | |
7388 if (recursive) | |
7389 { | |
7390 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use")); | |
7391 return 0; | |
7392 } | |
7393 recursive = TRUE; | |
7394 | |
7395 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7396 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table); | |
7397 #endif | |
7398 ga_clear(&term_attr_table); | |
7399 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table); | |
7400 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7401 | |
7402 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
7403 set_hl_attr(i); | |
7404 | |
7405 recursive = FALSE; | |
7406 } | |
7407 | |
7408 /* | |
7409 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry. | |
7410 */ | |
7411 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL) | |
7412 return 0; | |
7413 | |
7414 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]); | |
7415 vim_memset(gap, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T)); | |
7416 gap->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
7417 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7418 if (table == &gui_attr_table) | |
7419 { | |
7420 gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; | |
7421 gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; | |
7422 gap->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font; | |
7423 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7424 gap->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; | |
7425 # endif | |
7426 } | |
7427 #endif | |
7428 if (table == &term_attr_table) | |
7429 { | |
7430 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) | |
7431 gap->ae_u.term.start = NULL; | |
7432 else | |
7433 gap->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
7434 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) | |
7435 gap->ae_u.term.stop = NULL; | |
7436 else | |
7437 gap->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
7438 } | |
7439 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table) | |
7440 { | |
7441 gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color; | |
7442 gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color; | |
7443 } | |
7444 ++table->ga_len; | |
7445 --table->ga_room; | |
7446 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF); | |
7447 } | |
7448 | |
7449 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7450 | |
7451 attrentry_T * | |
7452 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr) | |
7453 int attr; | |
7454 { | |
7455 attr -= ATTR_OFF; | |
7456 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
7457 return NULL; | |
7458 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); | |
7459 } | |
7460 | |
7461 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ | |
7462 | |
7463 attrentry_T * | |
7464 syn_term_attr2entry(attr) | |
7465 int attr; | |
7466 { | |
7467 attr -= ATTR_OFF; | |
7468 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
7469 return NULL; | |
7470 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); | |
7471 } | |
7472 | |
7473 attrentry_T * | |
7474 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr) | |
7475 int attr; | |
7476 { | |
7477 attr -= ATTR_OFF; | |
7478 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
7479 return NULL; | |
7480 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); | |
7481 } | |
7482 | |
7483 #define LIST_ATTR 1 | |
7484 #define LIST_STRING 2 | |
7485 #define LIST_INT 3 | |
7486 | |
7487 static void | |
7488 highlight_list_one(id) | |
7489 int id; | |
7490 { | |
7491 struct hl_group *sgp; | |
7492 int didh = FALSE; | |
7493 | |
7494 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
7495 | |
7496 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, | |
7497 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term"); | |
7498 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
7499 0, sgp->sg_start, "start"); | |
7500 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
7501 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop"); | |
7502 | |
7503 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, | |
7504 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm"); | |
7505 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, | |
7506 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg"); | |
7507 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, | |
7508 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg"); | |
7509 | |
7510 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7511 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, | |
7512 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui"); | |
7513 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
7514 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg"); | |
7515 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
7516 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg"); | |
7517 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
7518 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font"); | |
7519 #endif | |
7520 | |
7521 if (sgp->sg_link) | |
7522 { | |
7523 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id); | |
7524 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
7525 msg_putchar(' '); | |
7526 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); | |
7527 } | |
7528 } | |
7529 | |
7530 static int | |
7531 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name) | |
7532 int id; | |
7533 int didh; | |
7534 int type; | |
7535 int iarg; | |
7536 char_u *sarg; | |
7537 char *name; | |
7538 { | |
7539 char_u buf[100]; | |
7540 char_u *ts; | |
7541 int i; | |
7542 | |
7543 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0)) | |
7544 { | |
7545 ts = buf; | |
7546 if (type == LIST_INT) | |
7547 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1); | |
7548 else if (type == LIST_STRING) | |
7549 ts = sarg; | |
7550 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */ | |
7551 { | |
7552 buf[0] = NUL; | |
7553 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i) | |
7554 { | |
7555 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i]) | |
7556 { | |
7557 if (buf[0] != NUL) | |
7558 STRCAT(buf, ","); | |
7559 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]); | |
7560 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */ | |
7561 } | |
7562 } | |
7563 } | |
7564 | |
7565 (void)syn_list_header(didh, | |
7566 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id); | |
7567 didh = TRUE; | |
7568 | |
7569 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
7570 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
7571 msg_outtrans(ts); | |
7572 } | |
7573 return didh; | |
7574 } | |
7575 | |
7576 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO) | |
7577 /* | |
7578 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag". | |
7579 * Return NULL otherwise. | |
7580 */ | |
7581 char_u * | |
7582 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec) | |
7583 int id; | |
7584 int flag; | |
7585 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ | |
7586 { | |
7587 int attr; | |
7588 | |
7589 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
7590 return NULL; | |
7591 | |
7592 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7593 if (modec == 'g') | |
7594 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui; | |
7595 else | |
7596 #endif | |
7597 if (modec == 'c') | |
7598 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm; | |
7599 else | |
7600 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term; | |
7601 | |
7602 if (attr & flag) | |
7603 return (char_u *)"1"; | |
7604 return NULL; | |
7605 } | |
7606 #endif | |
7607 | |
7608 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO) | |
7609 /* | |
7610 * Return color name of highlight group "id". | |
7611 */ | |
7612 char_u * | |
7613 highlight_color(id, what, modec) | |
7614 int id; | |
7615 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "fg#" or "bg#" */ | |
7616 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ | |
7617 { | |
7618 static char_u name[20]; | |
7619 int n; | |
7620 int fg; | |
7621 | |
7622 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
7623 return NULL; | |
7624 | |
7625 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f') | |
7626 fg = TRUE; | |
7627 else | |
7628 fg = FALSE; | |
7629 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7630 if (modec == 'g') | |
7631 { | |
7632 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */ | |
7633 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#') | |
7634 { | |
7635 guicolor_T color; | |
7636 long_u rgb; | |
7637 static char_u buf[10]; | |
7638 | |
7639 if (fg) | |
7640 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; | |
7641 else | |
7642 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; | |
7643 if (color == INVALCOLOR) | |
7644 return NULL; | |
7645 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color); | |
7646 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x", | |
7647 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16), | |
7648 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255, | |
7649 (unsigned)rgb & 255); | |
7650 return buf; | |
7651 } | |
7652 if (fg) | |
7653 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
7654 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
7655 } | |
7656 #endif | |
7657 if (modec == 'c') | |
7658 { | |
7659 if (fg) | |
7660 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1; | |
7661 else | |
7662 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1; | |
7663 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n); | |
7664 return name; | |
7665 } | |
7666 /* term doesn't have color */ | |
7667 return NULL; | |
7668 } | |
7669 #endif | |
7670 | |
7671 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \ | |
7672 || defined(PROTO) | |
7673 /* | |
7674 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value. | |
7675 */ | |
7676 long_u | |
7677 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg) | |
7678 int id; | |
7679 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */ | |
7680 { | |
7681 guicolor_T color; | |
7682 | |
7683 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
7684 return 0L; | |
7685 | |
7686 if (fg) | |
7687 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; | |
7688 else | |
7689 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; | |
7690 | |
7691 if (color == INVALCOLOR) | |
7692 return 0L; | |
7693 | |
7694 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color); | |
7695 } | |
7696 #endif | |
7697 | |
7698 /* | |
7699 * Output the syntax list header. | |
7700 * Return TRUE when started a new line. | |
7701 */ | |
7702 static int | |
7703 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id) | |
7704 int did_header; /* did header already */ | |
7705 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */ | |
7706 int id; /* highlight group id */ | |
7707 { | |
7708 int endcol = 19; | |
7709 int newline = TRUE; | |
7710 | |
7711 if (!did_header) | |
7712 { | |
7713 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
7714 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name); | |
7715 endcol = 15; | |
7716 } | |
7717 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns) | |
7718 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
7719 else | |
7720 { | |
7721 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */ | |
7722 newline = FALSE; | |
7723 } | |
7724 | |
7725 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ | |
7726 endcol = msg_col + 1; | |
7727 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ | |
7728 endcol = Columns - 1; | |
7729 | |
7730 msg_advance(endcol); | |
7731 | |
7732 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */ | |
7733 if (!did_header) | |
7734 { | |
7735 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id)); | |
7736 msg_putchar(' '); | |
7737 } | |
7738 | |
7739 return newline; | |
7740 } | |
7741 | |
7742 /* | |
7743 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group. | |
7744 * Called after one of the attributes has changed. | |
7745 */ | |
7746 static void | |
7747 set_hl_attr(idx) | |
7748 int idx; /* index in array */ | |
7749 { | |
7750 attrentry_T at_en; | |
7751 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx; | |
7752 | |
7753 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */ | |
7754 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) | |
7755 return; | |
7756 | |
7757 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7758 /* | |
7759 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting | |
7760 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. | |
7761 */ | |
7762 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR | |
7763 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR | |
7764 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT | |
7765 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7766 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET | |
7767 # endif | |
7768 ) | |
7769 { | |
7770 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui; | |
7771 } | |
7772 else | |
7773 { | |
7774 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui; | |
7775 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg; | |
7776 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg; | |
7777 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font; | |
7778 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7779 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset; | |
7780 # endif | |
7781 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en); | |
7782 } | |
7783 #endif | |
7784 /* | |
7785 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting | |
7786 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. | |
7787 */ | |
7788 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL) | |
7789 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term; | |
7790 else | |
7791 { | |
7792 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term; | |
7793 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start; | |
7794 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop; | |
7795 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en); | |
7796 } | |
7797 | |
7798 /* | |
7799 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal" | |
7800 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number. | |
7801 */ | |
7802 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0) | |
7803 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; | |
7804 else | |
7805 { | |
7806 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; | |
7807 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg; | |
7808 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg; | |
7809 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en); | |
7810 } | |
7811 } | |
7812 | |
7813 /* | |
7814 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID. | |
7815 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. | |
7816 */ | |
7817 int | |
7818 syn_name2id(name) | |
7819 char_u *name; | |
7820 { | |
7821 int i; | |
7822 char_u name_u[200]; | |
7823 | |
7824 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ | |
7825 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars | |
7826 * don't deserve to be found! */ | |
7827 STRNCPY(name_u, name, 199); | |
7828 name_u[199] = NUL; | |
7829 vim_strup(name_u); | |
7830 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
7831 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL | |
7832 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0) | |
7833 break; | |
7834 return i + 1; | |
7835 } | |
7836 | |
7837 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
7838 /* | |
7839 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists. | |
7840 */ | |
7841 int | |
7842 highlight_exists(name) | |
7843 char_u *name; | |
7844 { | |
7845 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0); | |
7846 } | |
7847 #endif | |
7848 | |
7849 /* | |
7850 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. | |
7851 */ | |
7852 int | |
7853 syn_namen2id(linep, len) | |
7854 char_u *linep; | |
7855 int len; | |
7856 { | |
7857 char_u *name; | |
7858 int id = 0; | |
7859 | |
7860 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); | |
7861 if (name != NULL) | |
7862 { | |
7863 id = syn_name2id(name); | |
7864 vim_free(name); | |
7865 } | |
7866 return id; | |
7867 } | |
7868 | |
7869 /* | |
7870 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID. | |
7871 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. | |
7872 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. | |
7873 * Return 0 for failure. | |
7874 */ | |
7875 int | |
7876 syn_check_group(pp, len) | |
7877 char_u *pp; | |
7878 int len; | |
7879 { | |
7880 int id; | |
7881 char_u *name; | |
7882 | |
7883 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); | |
7884 if (name == NULL) | |
7885 return 0; | |
7886 | |
7887 id = syn_name2id(name); | |
7888 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ | |
7889 id = syn_add_group(name); | |
7890 else | |
7891 vim_free(name); | |
7892 return id; | |
7893 } | |
7894 | |
7895 /* | |
7896 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID. | |
7897 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. | |
7898 * Return 0 for failure. | |
7899 */ | |
7900 static int | |
7901 syn_add_group(name) | |
7902 char_u *name; | |
7903 { | |
7904 char_u *p; | |
7905 | |
7906 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */ | |
7907 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
7908 { | |
7909 if (!vim_isprintc(*p)) | |
7910 { | |
7911 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name")); | |
7912 return 0; | |
7913 } | |
7914 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_') | |
7915 { | |
7916 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only | |
7917 * give a warning. */ | |
7918 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name")); | |
7919 break; | |
7920 } | |
7921 } | |
7922 | |
7923 /* | |
7924 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. | |
7925 */ | |
7926 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL) | |
7927 { | |
7928 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group); | |
7929 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10; | |
7930 } | |
7931 | |
7932 /* | |
7933 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry. | |
7934 */ | |
7935 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL) | |
7936 { | |
7937 vim_free(name); | |
7938 return 0; | |
7939 } | |
7940 | |
7941 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); | |
7942 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name; | |
7943 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); | |
7944 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7945 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; | |
7946 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; | |
7947 #endif | |
7948 ++highlight_ga.ga_len; | |
7949 --highlight_ga.ga_room; | |
7950 | |
7951 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */ | |
7952 } | |
7953 | |
7954 /* | |
7955 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this | |
7956 * function deletes the new name. | |
7957 */ | |
7958 static void | |
7959 syn_unadd_group() | |
7960 { | |
7961 --highlight_ga.ga_len; | |
7962 ++highlight_ga.ga_room; | |
7963 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name); | |
7964 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u); | |
7965 } | |
7966 | |
7967 /* | |
7968 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes. | |
7969 */ | |
7970 int | |
7971 syn_id2attr(hl_id) | |
7972 int hl_id; | |
7973 { | |
7974 int attr; | |
7975 struct hl_group *sgp; | |
7976 | |
7977 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); | |
7978 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
7979 | |
7980 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7981 /* | |
7982 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used. | |
7983 */ | |
7984 if (gui.in_use) | |
7985 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr; | |
7986 else | |
7987 #endif | |
7988 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7989 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr; | |
7990 else | |
7991 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr; | |
7992 | |
7993 return attr; | |
7994 } | |
7995 | |
7996 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7997 /* | |
7998 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID. | |
7999 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise. | |
8000 */ | |
8001 int | |
8002 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp) | |
8003 int hl_id; | |
8004 guicolor_T *fgp; | |
8005 guicolor_T *bgp; | |
8006 { | |
8007 struct hl_group *sgp; | |
8008 | |
8009 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); | |
8010 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
8011 | |
8012 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg; | |
8013 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg; | |
8014 return sgp->sg_gui; | |
8015 } | |
8016 #endif | |
8017 | |
8018 /* | |
8019 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links). | |
8020 */ | |
8021 int | |
8022 syn_get_final_id(hl_id) | |
8023 int hl_id; | |
8024 { | |
8025 int count; | |
8026 struct hl_group *sgp; | |
8027 | |
8028 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1) | |
8029 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */ | |
8030 | |
8031 /* | |
8032 * Follow links until there is no more. | |
8033 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links. | |
8034 */ | |
8035 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; ) | |
8036 { | |
8037 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
8038 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
8039 break; | |
8040 hl_id = sgp->sg_link; | |
8041 } | |
8042 | |
8043 return hl_id; | |
8044 } | |
8045 | |
8046 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8047 /* | |
8048 * Call this function just after the GUI has started. | |
8049 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups. | |
8050 */ | |
8051 void | |
8052 highlight_gui_started() | |
8053 { | |
8054 int idx; | |
8055 | |
8056 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */ | |
8057 set_normal_colors(); | |
8058 | |
8059 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) | |
8060 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE); | |
8061 | |
8062 highlight_changed(); | |
8063 } | |
8064 | |
8065 static void | |
8066 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip) | |
8067 int idx; | |
8068 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */ | |
8069 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */ | |
8070 { | |
8071 int didit = FALSE; | |
8072 | |
8073 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL) | |
8074 { | |
8075 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu, | |
8076 do_tooltip); | |
8077 didit = TRUE; | |
8078 } | |
8079 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL) | |
8080 { | |
8081 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = | |
8082 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
8083 didit = TRUE; | |
8084 } | |
8085 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL) | |
8086 { | |
8087 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = | |
8088 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
8089 didit = TRUE; | |
8090 } | |
8091 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */ | |
8092 set_hl_attr(idx); | |
8093 } | |
8094 | |
8095 #endif | |
8096 | |
8097 /* | |
8098 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and | |
8099 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of | |
8100 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed. | |
8101 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first | |
8102 * screen redraw after any :highlight command. | |
8103 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise. | |
8104 */ | |
8105 int | |
8106 highlight_changed() | |
8107 { | |
8108 int hlf; | |
8109 int i; | |
8110 char_u *p; | |
8111 int attr; | |
8112 char_u *end; | |
8113 int id; | |
8114 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT | |
8115 char_u userhl[10]; | |
8116 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8117 int id_SNC = -1; | |
8118 int id_S = -1; | |
8119 int hlcnt; | |
8120 # endif | |
8121 #endif | |
8122 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS; | |
8123 | |
8124 need_highlight_changed = FALSE; | |
8125 | |
8126 /* | |
8127 * Clear all attributes. | |
8128 */ | |
8129 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) | |
8130 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0; | |
8131 | |
8132 /* | |
8133 * First set all attributes to their default value. | |
8134 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option. | |
8135 */ | |
8136 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) | |
8137 { | |
8138 if (i) | |
8139 p = p_hl; | |
8140 else | |
8141 p = get_highlight_default(); | |
8142 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
8143 continue; | |
8144 | |
8145 while (*p) | |
8146 { | |
8147 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) | |
8148 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p) | |
8149 break; | |
8150 ++p; | |
8151 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL) | |
8152 return FAIL; | |
8153 | |
8154 /* | |
8155 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for | |
8156 * bold-underlined. | |
8157 */ | |
8158 attr = 0; | |
8159 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */ | |
8160 { | |
8161 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */ | |
8162 continue; | |
8163 | |
8164 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */ | |
8165 return FAIL; | |
8166 | |
8167 switch (*p) | |
8168 { | |
8169 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD; | |
8170 break; | |
8171 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC; | |
8172 break; | |
8173 case '-': | |
8174 case 'n': /* no highlighting */ | |
8175 break; | |
8176 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE; | |
8177 break; | |
8178 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT; | |
8179 break; | |
8180 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE; | |
8181 break; | |
8182 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */ | |
8183 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */ | |
8184 return FAIL; | |
8185 end = vim_strchr(p, ','); | |
8186 if (end == NULL) | |
8187 end = p + STRLEN(p); | |
8188 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p)); | |
8189 if (id == 0) | |
8190 return FAIL; | |
8191 attr = syn_id2attr(id); | |
8192 p = end - 1; | |
8193 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT) | |
8194 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC) | |
8195 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id); | |
8196 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S) | |
8197 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id); | |
8198 #endif | |
8199 break; | |
8200 default: return FAIL; | |
8201 } | |
8202 } | |
8203 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr; | |
8204 | |
8205 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */ | |
8206 } | |
8207 } | |
8208 | |
8209 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT | |
8210 /* Setup the user highlights | |
8211 * | |
8212 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there | |
8213 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry() | |
8214 */ | |
8215 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8216 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL) | |
8217 return FAIL; | |
8218 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len; | |
8219 if (id_S == 0) | |
8220 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */ | |
8221 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); | |
8222 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S]; | |
8223 id_S = hlcnt + 10; | |
8224 } | |
8225 # endif | |
8226 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) | |
8227 { | |
8228 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1); | |
8229 id = syn_name2id(userhl); | |
8230 if (id == 0) | |
8231 { | |
8232 highlight_user[i] = 0; | |
8233 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8234 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0; | |
8235 # endif | |
8236 } | |
8237 else | |
8238 { | |
8239 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8240 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE(); | |
8241 # endif | |
8242 | |
8243 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id); | |
8244 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8245 if (id_SNC == 0) | |
8246 { | |
8247 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); | |
8248 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; | |
8249 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; | |
8250 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8251 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; | |
8252 # endif | |
8253 } | |
8254 else | |
8255 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i], | |
8256 &hlt[id_SNC - 1], | |
8257 sizeof(struct hl_group)); | |
8258 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0; | |
8259 | |
8260 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */ | |
8261 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^= | |
8262 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term; | |
8263 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start) | |
8264 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start; | |
8265 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop) | |
8266 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop; | |
8267 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^= | |
8268 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm; | |
8269 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg) | |
8270 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg; | |
8271 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg) | |
8272 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg; | |
8273 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8274 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^= | |
8275 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui; | |
8276 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg) | |
8277 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; | |
8278 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg) | |
8279 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; | |
8280 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font) | |
8281 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font; | |
8282 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
8283 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset) | |
8284 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset; | |
8285 # endif | |
8286 # endif | |
8287 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1; | |
8288 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */ | |
8289 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1); | |
8290 # endif | |
8291 } | |
8292 } | |
8293 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8294 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt; | |
8295 # endif | |
8296 | |
8297 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */ | |
8298 | |
8299 return OK; | |
8300 } | |
8301 | |
8302 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
8303 | |
8304 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void)); | |
8305 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr)); | |
8306 | |
8307 /* | |
8308 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command. | |
8309 */ | |
8310 void | |
8311 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg) | |
8312 expand_T *xp; | |
8313 char_u *arg; | |
8314 { | |
8315 char_u *p; | |
8316 | |
8317 /* Default: expand group names */ | |
8318 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; | |
8319 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
8320 include_link = TRUE; | |
8321 include_default = TRUE; | |
8322 | |
8323 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ | |
8324 if (*arg != NUL) | |
8325 { | |
8326 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
8327 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */ | |
8328 { | |
8329 include_default = FALSE; | |
8330 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0) | |
8331 { | |
8332 arg = skipwhite(p); | |
8333 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
8334 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
8335 } | |
8336 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */ | |
8337 { | |
8338 include_link = FALSE; | |
8339 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N') | |
8340 highlight_list(); | |
8341 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0 | |
8342 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0) | |
8343 { | |
8344 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); | |
8345 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); | |
8346 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */ | |
8347 { | |
8348 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); | |
8349 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); | |
8350 } | |
8351 } | |
8352 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */ | |
8353 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
8354 } | |
8355 } | |
8356 } | |
8357 } | |
8358 | |
8359 /* | |
8360 * List highlighting matches in a nice way. | |
8361 */ | |
8362 static void | |
8363 highlight_list() | |
8364 { | |
8365 int i; | |
8366 | |
8367 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; ) | |
8368 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
8369 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; ) | |
8370 highlight_list_two(99, 0); | |
8371 } | |
8372 | |
8373 static void | |
8374 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr) | |
8375 int cnt; | |
8376 int attr; | |
8377 { | |
8378 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr); | |
8379 msg_clr_eos(); | |
8380 out_flush(); | |
8381 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE); | |
8382 } | |
8383 | |
8384 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ | |
8385 | |
8386 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \ | |
8387 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
8388 /* | |
8389 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names. | |
8390 * Also used for synIDattr() function. | |
8391 */ | |
8392 /*ARGSUSED*/ | |
8393 char_u * | |
8394 get_highlight_name(xp, idx) | |
8395 expand_T *xp; | |
8396 int idx; | |
8397 { | |
8398 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len | |
8399 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
8400 && include_link | |
8401 #endif | |
8402 ) | |
8403 return (char_u *)"link"; | |
8404 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1 | |
8405 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
8406 && include_link | |
8407 #endif | |
8408 ) | |
8409 return (char_u *)"clear"; | |
8410 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2 | |
8411 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
8412 && include_default | |
8413 #endif | |
8414 ) | |
8415 return (char_u *)"default"; | |
8416 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
8417 return NULL; | |
8418 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name; | |
8419 } | |
8420 #endif | |
8421 | |
8422 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8423 /* | |
8424 * Free all the highlight group fonts. | |
8425 * Used when quitting for systems which need it. | |
8426 */ | |
8427 void | |
8428 free_highlight_fonts() | |
8429 { | |
8430 int idx; | |
8431 | |
8432 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) | |
8433 { | |
8434 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); | |
8435 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; | |
8436 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
8437 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); | |
8438 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
8439 # endif | |
8440 } | |
8441 | |
8442 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font); | |
8443 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
8444 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset); | |
8445 # endif | |
8446 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
8447 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font); | |
8448 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font); | |
8449 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font); | |
8450 # endif | |
8451 } | |
8452 #endif | |
8453 | |
8454 /************************************** | |
8455 * End of Highlighting stuff * | |
8456 **************************************/ |